chore: Update discovery artifacts (#1425)
## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts:
admin directory_v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1534f8926019f43dc87a29c1ca32191884556e3b
bigquery v2 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c51e319602741632201d2ce61a6b03f13e4003
file v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0cd409a2d15c68aca3ea864400fc4772b9b4e503
memcache v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/665ce5b47b9b3238dcfa201b9343bf6447df5994
youtube v3 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5046950872559fe93b954dc9a4f71fd724176247
## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts:
analyticsadmin v1alpha https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/934358e5c041ffd1449e7c744463e61e94381ed5
documentai v1beta3 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e8aaabbc7670aefc4a745916fccb31424745f748
file v1beta1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0cd409a2d15c68aca3ea864400fc4772b9b4e503
memcache v1beta2 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/665ce5b47b9b3238dcfa201b9343bf6447df5994
networkconnectivity v1alpha1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2cc462638aec61f4e775bfce883e725b104eeabb
## Discovery Artifact Change Summary:
feat(admin): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1534f8926019f43dc87a29c1ca32191884556e3b
feat(alertcenter): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7a488d3f0deef3e1f106cff63b1e4f66ad1727bb
feat(analyticsadmin): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/934358e5c041ffd1449e7c744463e61e94381ed5
feat(analyticsdata): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/40f712130674cec09c1dd7560f69a330a335b226
feat(androiddeviceprovisioning): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/81a0002a7051aeab647a3296fb18ce7973bf7137
feat(apigee): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2e6c78a93b2c0ee7001eb163ec95f9afc8f35575
feat(appengine): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/125f74a61a94af17c01930841a79db46d3a059c5
feat(bigquery): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c51e319602741632201d2ce61a6b03f13e4003
feat(cloudasset): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e615264971ccee6eb9b450fe3d85614209c0fee8
feat(cloudbuild): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ceddaccf23eb8b809688907cfdef8906cd77d65d
feat(cloudidentity): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/22cd08b69b034c2cdfd854e1ac784f834539db3a
feat(container): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f494c63a42dc418559292c6269289317d9cebc23
feat(documentai): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e8aaabbc7670aefc4a745916fccb31424745f748
feat(drive): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/72cab88ce591d906ea1cfcbe4dee354cccb623f2
feat(file): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0cd409a2d15c68aca3ea864400fc4772b9b4e503
feat(firebaseappcheck): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9a0131b2326327109d1ba7af97b1f4808dd7a898
feat(healthcare): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/45ee6b28b86a43f44c707e15a7e06fdf8fce6a0f
feat(ideahub): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/73b86d9d37f33aeaed74772d0319ba1350e54ed5
feat(managedidentities): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a07ed4558c93cb8f7fae49c7b353f46ccfea6c10
feat(memcache): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/665ce5b47b9b3238dcfa201b9343bf6447df5994
feat(metastore): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9fd5ffbf37fb052323f5fa68d307c68391c519ac
feat(ml): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cf54d564915a558569c093287b448a7819e215f6
feat(monitoring): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d1ffbfc041f23f904cd8bc35a450871b2909473b
feat(networkconnectivity): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2cc462638aec61f4e775bfce883e725b104eeabb
feat(notebooks): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/831ba938855aa4bdefafedf63e01af43350e7ed2
feat(ondemandscanning): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c04b4023477393cbb41984b14e0c734fc8587d45
feat(paymentsresellersubscription): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2cd5b1c2ef524f3ab00630508710cce7bee53574
feat(prod_tt_sasportal): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8b6bd24e57a79f470c750ad04052f79a3cafe0fa
feat(realtimebidding): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fd514dc8d86182dc17698f3293144928535f709c
feat(reseller): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/20226c4401956732772e2a563c7920666135e605
feat(sasportal): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/38d5156350b79a9933b2806f4bbe443043a33185
feat(sts): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/190e13ebe5a4660d8825d3a8708559077a342bdf
feat(transcoder): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fbcacce6a17c1cae45b22f4a2058e730ec84b55a
feat(youtube): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5046950872559fe93b954dc9a4f71fd724176247
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html
index d5a8b1e..623cf5f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#delete">delete(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(customerId, orgUnitPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Removes an organizational unit.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#get">get(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#get">get(customerId, orgUnitPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves an organizational unit.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#insert">insert(customerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@
<code><a href="#list">list(customerId, orgUnitPath=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves a list of all organizational units for an account.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#patch">patch(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(customerId, orgUnitPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates an organizational unit. This method supports [patch semantics](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/guides/performance#patch)</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#update">update(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#update">update(customerId, orgUnitPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates an organizational unit.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
@@ -102,13 +102,12 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="delete">delete(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(customerId, orgUnitPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Removes an organizational unit.
Args:
customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required)
orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required)
- allowPlus: boolean, Parses org unit path without url decode to allow for plus in ou name
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -117,13 +116,12 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="get">get(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(customerId, orgUnitPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Retrieves an organizational unit.
Args:
customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required)
orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required)
- allowPlus: boolean, Parses org unit path without url decode to allow for plus in ou name
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -226,7 +224,7 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="patch">patch(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(customerId, orgUnitPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Updates an organizational unit. This method supports [patch semantics](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/guides/performance#patch)
Args:
@@ -247,7 +245,6 @@
"parentOrgUnitPath": "A String", # The organizational unit's parent path. For example, /corp/sales is the parent path for /corp/sales/sales_support organizational unit. Required, unless `parentOrgUnitId` is set.
}
- allowPlus: boolean, Parses org unit path without url decode to allow for plus in ou name
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -270,7 +267,7 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="update">update(customerId, orgUnitPath, allowPlus=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="update">update(customerId, orgUnitPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Updates an organizational unit.
Args:
@@ -291,7 +288,6 @@
"parentOrgUnitPath": "A String", # The organizational unit's parent path. For example, /corp/sales is the parent path for /corp/sales/sales_support organizational unit. Required, unless `parentOrgUnitId` is set.
}
- allowPlus: boolean, Parses org unit path without url decode to allow for plus in ou name
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index 6a82fd4..07e34b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@
"conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
},
"customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history.
@@ -453,8 +453,8 @@
"conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
},
"customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html
index e8b5759..42eea52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@
{ # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
}
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
{ # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
{ # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@
{ # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
"custom": True or False, # Output only. If set to true, this conversion event refers to a custom event. If set to false, this conversion event refers to a default event in GA. Default events typically have special meaning in GA. Default events are usually created for you by the GA system, but in some cases can be created by property admins. Custom events count towards the maximum number of custom conversion events that may be created per property.
+ "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
- "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html
index 7f12c5e..86aeb88 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html
@@ -89,9 +89,6 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a FirebaseLink on a property</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -188,35 +185,4 @@
</pre>
</div>
-<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates a FirebaseLink on a property
-
-Args:
- name: string, Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 (required)
- body: object, The request body.
- The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
- "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678
- "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234'
-}
-
- updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., "field_to_update"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields.
- x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
- Allowed values
- 1 - v1 error format
- 2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
- An object of the form:
-
- { # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
- "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678
- "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234'
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
index e747e9e..57a9425 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
@@ -1144,6 +1144,13 @@
"name": "A String", # The name of the metric. See the [API Metrics](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/reporting/data/v1/api-schema#metrics) for the list of metric names. If `expression` is specified, `name` can be any string that you would like within the allowed character set. For example if `expression` is `screenPageViews/sessions`, you could call that metric's name = `viewsPerSession`. Metric names that you choose must match the regular expression "^[a-zA-Z0-9_]$". Metrics are referenced by `name` in `metricFilter`, `orderBys`, and metric `expression`.
},
],
+ "minuteRanges": [ # The minute ranges of event data to read. If unspecified, one minute range for the last 30 minutes will be used. If multiple minute ranges are requested, each response row will contain a zero based minute range index. If two minute ranges overlap, the event data for the overlapping minutes is included in the response rows for both minute ranges.
+ { # A contiguous set of minutes: startMinutesAgo, startMinutesAgo + 1, ..., endMinutesAgo. Requests are allowed up to 2 minute ranges.
+ "endMinutesAgo": 42, # The inclusive end minute for the query as a number of minutes before now. Cannot be before `startMinutesAgo`. For example, `"endMinutesAgo": 15` specifies the report should include event data from prior to 15 minutes ago. If unspecified, `endMinutesAgo` is defaulted to 0. Standard Analytics properties can request any minute in the last 30 minutes of event data (`endMinutesAgo <= 29`), and 360 Analytics properties can request any minute in the last 60 minutes of event data (`endMinutesAgo <= 59`).
+ "name": "A String", # Assigns a name to this minute range. The dimension `dateRange` is valued to this name in a report response. If set, cannot begin with `date_range_` or `RESERVED_`. If not set, minute ranges are named by their zero based index in the request: `date_range_0`, `date_range_1`, etc.
+ "startMinutesAgo": 42, # The inclusive start minute for the query as a number of minutes before now. For example, `"startMinutesAgo": 29` specifies the report should include event data from 29 minutes ago and after. Cannot be after `endMinutesAgo`. If unspecified, `startMinutesAgo` is defaulted to 29. Standard Analytics properties can request up to the last 30 minutes of event data (`startMinutesAgo <= 29`), and 360 Analytics properties can request up to the last 60 minutes of event data (`startMinutesAgo <= 59`).
+ },
+ ],
"orderBys": [ # Specifies how rows are ordered in the response.
{ # The sort options.
"desc": True or False, # If true, sorts by descending order.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html
index 237d513..699b37f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html
@@ -127,10 +127,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.customers.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.customers.html
index b11d77f..198a264 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.customers.html
@@ -108,10 +108,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
},
}
@@ -130,10 +132,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -162,10 +166,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.customers.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.customers.html
index ca1a9b3..a3301ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.customers.html
@@ -113,10 +113,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.html
index a40faec..bd1f461 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.vendors.html
@@ -120,10 +120,12 @@
],
"companyId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the company. Assigned by the server.
"companyName": "A String", # Required. The name of the company. For example _XYZ Corp_. Displayed to the company's employees in the zero-touch enrollment portal.
+ "languageCode": "A String", # Input only. The preferred locale of the customer represented as a BCP47 language code. This field is validated on input and requests containing unsupported language codes will be rejected. Supported language codes: Arabic (ar) Chinese (Hong Kong) (zh-HK) Chinese (Simplified) (zh-CN) Chinese (Traditional) (zh-TW) Czech (cs) Danish (da) Dutch (nl) English (UK) (en-GB) English (US) (en-US) Filipino (fil) Finnish (fi) French (fr) German (de) Hebrew (iw) Hindi (hi) Hungarian (hu) Indonesian (id) Italian (it) Japanese (ja) Korean (ko) Norwegian (Bokmal) (no) Polish (pl) Portuguese (Brazil) (pt-BR) Portuguese (Portugal) (pt-PT) Russian (ru) Spanish (es) Spanish (Latin America) (es-419) Swedish (sv) Thai (th) Turkish (tr) Ukrainian (uk) Vietnamese (vi)
"name": "A String", # Output only. The API resource name of the company. The resource name is one of the following formats: * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]` * `partners/[PARTNER_ID]/vendors/[VENDOR_ID]/customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]` Assigned by the server.
- "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Each email address must be associated with a Google Account. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
+ "ownerEmails": [ # Required. Input only. Email address of customer's users in the owner role. At least one `owner_email` is required. Owners share the same access as admins but can also add, delete, and edit your organization's portal users.
"A String",
],
+ "skipWelcomeEmail": True or False, # Input only. If set to true, welcome email will not be sent to the customer. It is recommended to skip the welcome email if devices will be claimed with additional DEVICE_PROTECTION service, as the customer will receive separate emails at device claim time. This field is ignored if this is not a Zero-touch customer.
"termsStatus": "A String", # Output only. Whether any user from the company has accepted the latest Terms of Service (ToS). See TermsStatus.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html
index 4228073..eeddbab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
"androidId": "A String", # The Google Play Services Android ID for the device encoded as a lowercase hex string. For example, "123456789abcdef0".
"managementType": "A String", # Identifies the extent to which the device is controlled by a managed Google Play EMM in various deployment configurations. Possible values include: - "managedDevice", a device that has the EMM's device policy controller (DPC) as the device owner. - "managedProfile", a device that has a profile managed by the DPC (DPC is profile owner) in addition to a separate, personal profile that is unavailable to the DPC. - "containerApp", no longer used (deprecated). - "unmanagedProfile", a device that has been allowed (by the domain's admin, using the Admin Console to enable the privilege) to use managed Google Play, but the profile is itself not owned by a DPC.
"policy": { # The device policy for a given managed device. # The policy enforced on the device.
- "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # The auto-update policy for apps installed on the device. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
+ "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Deprecated. Use autoUpdateMode instead. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
"deviceReportPolicy": "A String", # Whether the device reports app states to the EMM. The default value is "deviceReportDisabled".
"maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window for managed Google Play Accounts. This allows Play store to update the apps on the foreground in the designated window. # The maintenance window defining when apps running in the foreground should be updated.
"durationMs": "A String", # Duration of the maintenance window, in milliseconds. The duration must be between 30 minutes and 24 hours (inclusive).
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
"androidId": "A String", # The Google Play Services Android ID for the device encoded as a lowercase hex string. For example, "123456789abcdef0".
"managementType": "A String", # Identifies the extent to which the device is controlled by a managed Google Play EMM in various deployment configurations. Possible values include: - "managedDevice", a device that has the EMM's device policy controller (DPC) as the device owner. - "managedProfile", a device that has a profile managed by the DPC (DPC is profile owner) in addition to a separate, personal profile that is unavailable to the DPC. - "containerApp", no longer used (deprecated). - "unmanagedProfile", a device that has been allowed (by the domain's admin, using the Admin Console to enable the privilege) to use managed Google Play, but the profile is itself not owned by a DPC.
"policy": { # The device policy for a given managed device. # The policy enforced on the device.
- "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # The auto-update policy for apps installed on the device. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
+ "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Deprecated. Use autoUpdateMode instead. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
"deviceReportPolicy": "A String", # Whether the device reports app states to the EMM. The default value is "deviceReportDisabled".
"maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window for managed Google Play Accounts. This allows Play store to update the apps on the foreground in the designated window. # The maintenance window defining when apps running in the foreground should be updated.
"durationMs": "A String", # Duration of the maintenance window, in milliseconds. The duration must be between 30 minutes and 24 hours (inclusive).
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
"androidId": "A String", # The Google Play Services Android ID for the device encoded as a lowercase hex string. For example, "123456789abcdef0".
"managementType": "A String", # Identifies the extent to which the device is controlled by a managed Google Play EMM in various deployment configurations. Possible values include: - "managedDevice", a device that has the EMM's device policy controller (DPC) as the device owner. - "managedProfile", a device that has a profile managed by the DPC (DPC is profile owner) in addition to a separate, personal profile that is unavailable to the DPC. - "containerApp", no longer used (deprecated). - "unmanagedProfile", a device that has been allowed (by the domain's admin, using the Admin Console to enable the privilege) to use managed Google Play, but the profile is itself not owned by a DPC.
"policy": { # The device policy for a given managed device. # The policy enforced on the device.
- "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # The auto-update policy for apps installed on the device. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
+ "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Deprecated. Use autoUpdateMode instead. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
"deviceReportPolicy": "A String", # Whether the device reports app states to the EMM. The default value is "deviceReportDisabled".
"maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window for managed Google Play Accounts. This allows Play store to update the apps on the foreground in the designated window. # The maintenance window defining when apps running in the foreground should be updated.
"durationMs": "A String", # Duration of the maintenance window, in milliseconds. The duration must be between 30 minutes and 24 hours (inclusive).
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
"androidId": "A String", # The Google Play Services Android ID for the device encoded as a lowercase hex string. For example, "123456789abcdef0".
"managementType": "A String", # Identifies the extent to which the device is controlled by a managed Google Play EMM in various deployment configurations. Possible values include: - "managedDevice", a device that has the EMM's device policy controller (DPC) as the device owner. - "managedProfile", a device that has a profile managed by the DPC (DPC is profile owner) in addition to a separate, personal profile that is unavailable to the DPC. - "containerApp", no longer used (deprecated). - "unmanagedProfile", a device that has been allowed (by the domain's admin, using the Admin Console to enable the privilege) to use managed Google Play, but the profile is itself not owned by a DPC.
"policy": { # The device policy for a given managed device. # The policy enforced on the device.
- "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # The auto-update policy for apps installed on the device. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
+ "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Deprecated. Use autoUpdateMode instead. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi.
"deviceReportPolicy": "A String", # Whether the device reports app states to the EMM. The default value is "deviceReportDisabled".
"maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window for managed Google Play Accounts. This allows Play store to update the apps on the foreground in the designated window. # The maintenance window defining when apps running in the foreground should be updated.
"durationMs": "A String", # Duration of the maintenance window, in milliseconds. The duration must be between 30 minutes and 24 hours (inclusive).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
index 86a6740..cfbaa2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
@@ -180,6 +180,9 @@
<code><a href="#getDeployedIngressConfig">getDeployedIngressConfig(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the deployed ingress configuration for an organization.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getRuntimeConfig">getRuntimeConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get runtime config for an organization.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getSyncAuthorization">getSyncAuthorization(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists the service accounts with the permissions required to allow the Synchronizer to download environment data from the control plane. An ETag is returned in the response to `getSyncAuthorization`. Pass that ETag when calling [setSyncAuthorization](setSyncAuthorization) to ensure that you are updating the correct version. If you don't pass the ETag in the call to `setSyncAuthorization`, then the existing authorization is overwritten indiscriminately. For more information, see [Configure the Synchronizer](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/hybrid/latest/synchronizer-access). **Note**: Available to Apigee hybrid only.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -425,6 +428,28 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getRuntimeConfig">getRuntimeConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Get runtime config for an organization.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of the runtime config for the organization in the following format: 'organizations/{org}/runtimeConfig'. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Runtime configuration for the organization. Response for GetRuntimeConfig.
+ "analyticsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket used for uploading Analytics records.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource in the following format: `organizations/{org}/runtimeConfig`.
+ "tenantProjectId": "A String", # Output only. Tenant project ID associated with the Apigee organization. The tenant project is used to host Google-managed resources that are dedicated to this Apigee organization. Clients have limited access to resources within the tenant project used to support Apigee runtime instances. Access to the tenant project is managed using SetSyncAuthorization. It can be empty if the tenant project hasn't been created yet.
+ "traceBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket used for uploading Trace records.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="getSyncAuthorization">getSyncAuthorization(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Lists the service accounts with the permissions required to allow the Synchronizer to download environment data from the control plane. An ETag is returned in the response to `getSyncAuthorization`. Pass that ETag when calling [setSyncAuthorization](setSyncAuthorization) to ensure that you are updating the correct version. If you don't pass the ETag in the call to `setSyncAuthorization`, then the existing authorization is overwritten indiscriminately. For more information, see [Configure the Synchronizer](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/hybrid/latest/synchronizer-access). **Note**: Available to Apigee hybrid only.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.domainMappings.html
index ad2f339..b2ffa7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.domainMappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.domainMappings.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
},
}
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
index 1e441b9..1510cc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
"servingStatus": "A String", # Serving status of this application.
}
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.html
index 23977d7..8a2126f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
}
migrateTraffic: boolean, Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.domainMappings.html
index c390585..64176c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.domainMappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.domainMappings.html
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
}
noManagedCertificate: boolean, Whether a managed certificate should be provided by App Engine. If true, a certificate ID must be manually set in the DomainMapping resource to configure SSL for this domain. If false, a managed certificate will be provisioned and a certificate ID will be automatically populated. Only applicable if ssl_settings.certificate_id is specified in the update mask.
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.domainMappings.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.domainMappings.html
index 27bbe28..d612e99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.domainMappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.domainMappings.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
},
}
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
index 0f05771..9b71864 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
"servingStatus": "A String", # Serving status of this application.
}
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.html
index 5c9dc4c..f12977b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
}
migrateTraffic: boolean, Set to true to gradually shift traffic to one or more versions that you specify. By default, traffic is shifted immediately. For gradual traffic migration, the target versions must be located within instances that are configured for both warmup requests (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#InboundServiceType) and automatic scaling (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#AutomaticScaling). You must specify the shardBy (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services#ShardBy) field in the Service resource. Gradual traffic migration is not supported in the App Engine flexible environment. For examples, see Migrating and Splitting Traffic (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/migrating-splitting-traffic).
- updateMask: string, Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
+ updateMask: string, Required. Standard field mask for the set of fields to be updated.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
index 4eaac38..345a388 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
@@ -474,6 +474,15 @@
"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed.
"parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent.
"query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job.
+ "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics.
+ "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any).
+ "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated.
+ {
+ "code": "$(reason.code)", # [Output-only] High-level BI Engine reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ "message": "$(reason.message)", # [Output-only] Free form human-readable reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
@@ -503,7 +512,11 @@
"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
},
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.
"modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress.
"currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress.
@@ -668,7 +681,7 @@
},
],
},
- "sessionInfoTemplate": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
+ "sessionInfo": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
"sessionId": "A String", # [Output-only] // [Preview] Id of the session.
},
"startTime": "A String", # [Output-only] Start time of this job, in milliseconds since the epoch. This field will be present when the job transitions from the PENDING state to either RUNNING or DONE.
@@ -1085,6 +1098,15 @@
"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed.
"parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent.
"query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job.
+ "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics.
+ "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any).
+ "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated.
+ {
+ "code": "$(reason.code)", # [Output-only] High-level BI Engine reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ "message": "$(reason.message)", # [Output-only] Free form human-readable reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
@@ -1114,7 +1136,11 @@
"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
},
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.
"modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress.
"currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress.
@@ -1279,7 +1305,7 @@
},
],
},
- "sessionInfoTemplate": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
+ "sessionInfo": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
"sessionId": "A String", # [Output-only] // [Preview] Id of the session.
},
"startTime": "A String", # [Output-only] Start time of this job, in milliseconds since the epoch. This field will be present when the job transitions from the PENDING state to either RUNNING or DONE.
@@ -1765,6 +1791,15 @@
"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed.
"parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent.
"query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job.
+ "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics.
+ "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any).
+ "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated.
+ {
+ "code": "$(reason.code)", # [Output-only] High-level BI Engine reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ "message": "$(reason.message)", # [Output-only] Free form human-readable reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
@@ -1794,7 +1829,11 @@
"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
},
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.
"modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress.
"currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress.
@@ -1959,7 +1998,7 @@
},
],
},
- "sessionInfoTemplate": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
+ "sessionInfo": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
"sessionId": "A String", # [Output-only] // [Preview] Id of the session.
},
"startTime": "A String", # [Output-only] Start time of this job, in milliseconds since the epoch. This field will be present when the job transitions from the PENDING state to either RUNNING or DONE.
@@ -2351,6 +2390,15 @@
"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed.
"parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent.
"query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job.
+ "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics.
+ "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any).
+ "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated.
+ {
+ "code": "$(reason.code)", # [Output-only] High-level BI Engine reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ "message": "$(reason.message)", # [Output-only] Free form human-readable reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
@@ -2380,7 +2428,11 @@
"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
},
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.
"modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress.
"currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress.
@@ -2545,7 +2597,7 @@
},
],
},
- "sessionInfoTemplate": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
+ "sessionInfo": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
"sessionId": "A String", # [Output-only] // [Preview] Id of the session.
},
"startTime": "A String", # [Output-only] Start time of this job, in milliseconds since the epoch. This field will be present when the job transitions from the PENDING state to either RUNNING or DONE.
@@ -2965,6 +3017,15 @@
"numChildJobs": "A String", # [Output-only] Number of child jobs executed.
"parentJobId": "A String", # [Output-only] If this is a child job, the id of the parent.
"query": { # [Output-only] Statistics for a query job.
+ "biEngineStatistics": { # BI Engine specific Statistics. [Output-only] BI Engine specific Statistics.
+ "biEngineMode": "$(stats.bi_engine_mode)", # [Output-only] Specifies which mode of BI Engine acceleration was performed (if any).
+ "biEngineReasons": [ # In case of DISABLED or PARTIAL bi_engine_mode, these contain the explanatory reasons as to why BI Engine could not accelerate. In case the full query was accelerated, this field is not populated.
+ {
+ "code": "$(reason.code)", # [Output-only] High-level BI Engine reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ "message": "$(reason.message)", # [Output-only] Free form human-readable reason for partial or disabled acceleration.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
@@ -2994,7 +3055,11 @@
"projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
"tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
},
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"estimatedBytesProcessed": "A String", # [Output-only] The original estimate of bytes processed for the job.
"modelTraining": { # [Output-only, Beta] Information about create model query job progress.
"currentIteration": 42, # [Output-only, Beta] Index of current ML training iteration. Updated during create model query job to show job progress.
@@ -3159,7 +3224,7 @@
},
],
},
- "sessionInfoTemplate": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
+ "sessionInfo": { # [Output-only] [Preview] Information of the session if this job is part of one.
"sessionId": "A String", # [Output-only] // [Preview] Id of the session.
},
"startTime": "A String", # [Output-only] Start time of this job, in milliseconds since the epoch. This field will be present when the job transitions from the PENDING state to either RUNNING or DONE.
@@ -3277,7 +3342,11 @@
{
"cacheHit": True or False, # Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
- "dmlStats": "", # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "dmlStats": { # [Output-only] Detailed statistics for DML statements Present only for DML statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE or TRUNCATE.
+ "deletedRowCount": "A String", # Number of deleted Rows. populated by DML DELETE, MERGE and TRUNCATE statements.
+ "insertedRowCount": "A String", # Number of inserted Rows. Populated by DML INSERT and MERGE statements.
+ "updatedRowCount": "A String", # Number of updated Rows. Populated by DML UPDATE and MERGE statements.
+ },
"errors": [ # [Output-only] The first errors or warnings encountered during the running of the job. The final message includes the number of errors that caused the process to stop. Errors here do not necessarily mean that the job has completed or was unsuccessful.
{
"debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html
index 300f4d0..3679ea8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.models.html
@@ -326,17 +326,6 @@
"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE.
},
},
- "globalExplanations": [ # Global explanations for important features of the model. For multi-class models, there is one entry for each label class. For other models, there is only one entry in the list.
- { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training.
- "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order.
- "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order.
- { # Explanation for a single feature.
- "attribution": 3.14, # Attribution of feature.
- "featureName": "A String", # Full name of the feature. For non-numerical features, will be formatted like .. Overall size of feature name will always be truncated to first 120 characters.
- },
- ],
- },
- ],
"results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.
{ # Information about a single iteration of the training run.
"arimaResult": { # (Auto-)arima fitting result. Wrap everything in ArimaResult for easier refactoring if we want to use model-specific iteration results.
@@ -679,17 +668,6 @@
"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE.
},
},
- "globalExplanations": [ # Global explanations for important features of the model. For multi-class models, there is one entry for each label class. For other models, there is only one entry in the list.
- { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training.
- "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order.
- "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order.
- { # Explanation for a single feature.
- "attribution": 3.14, # Attribution of feature.
- "featureName": "A String", # Full name of the feature. For non-numerical features, will be formatted like .. Overall size of feature name will always be truncated to first 120 characters.
- },
- ],
- },
- ],
"results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.
{ # Information about a single iteration of the training run.
"arimaResult": { # (Auto-)arima fitting result. Wrap everything in ArimaResult for easier refactoring if we want to use model-specific iteration results.
@@ -1045,17 +1023,6 @@
"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE.
},
},
- "globalExplanations": [ # Global explanations for important features of the model. For multi-class models, there is one entry for each label class. For other models, there is only one entry in the list.
- { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training.
- "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order.
- "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order.
- { # Explanation for a single feature.
- "attribution": 3.14, # Attribution of feature.
- "featureName": "A String", # Full name of the feature. For non-numerical features, will be formatted like .. Overall size of feature name will always be truncated to first 120 characters.
- },
- ],
- },
- ],
"results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.
{ # Information about a single iteration of the training run.
"arimaResult": { # (Auto-)arima fitting result. Wrap everything in ArimaResult for easier refactoring if we want to use model-specific iteration results.
@@ -1386,17 +1353,6 @@
"rSquared": 3.14, # R^2 score. This corresponds to r2_score in ML.EVALUATE.
},
},
- "globalExplanations": [ # Global explanations for important features of the model. For multi-class models, there is one entry for each label class. For other models, there is only one entry in the list.
- { # Global explanations containing the top most important features after training.
- "classLabel": "A String", # Class label for this set of global explanations. Will be empty/null for binary logistic and linear regression models. Sorted alphabetically in descending order.
- "explanations": [ # A list of the top global explanations. Sorted by absolute value of attribution in descending order.
- { # Explanation for a single feature.
- "attribution": 3.14, # Attribution of feature.
- "featureName": "A String", # Full name of the feature. For non-numerical features, will be formatted like .. Overall size of feature name will always be truncated to first 120 characters.
- },
- ],
- },
- ],
"results": [ # Output of each iteration run, results.size() <= max_iterations.
{ # Information about a single iteration of the training run.
"arimaResult": { # (Auto-)arima fitting result. Wrap everything in ArimaResult for easier refactoring if we want to use model-specific iteration results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index 402ee18..ca8d6b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -329,8 +329,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -410,8 +410,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -499,8 +499,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -570,8 +570,8 @@
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
"schemaVersion": "A String", # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only "1.0" is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
},
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index 3b5a689..46e7bb4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -165,8 +165,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -236,8 +236,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -502,8 +502,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
@@ -574,8 +574,8 @@
"displayName": "A String", # User data for display name in UI. Validation: <= 60 chars.
"etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
- "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget.
- { # ThresholdRule contains a definition of a threshold which triggers an alert (a notification of a threshold being crossed) to be sent when spend goes above the specified amount. Alerts are automatically e-mailed to users with the Billing Account Administrator role or the Billing Account User role. The thresholds here have no effect on notifications sent to anything configured under `Budget.all_updates_rule`.
+ "thresholdRules": [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
+ { # ThresholdRule contains the definition of a threshold. Threshold rules define the triggering events used to generate a budget notification email. When a threshold is crossed (spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget), budget alert emails are sent to the email recipients you specify in the [NotificationsRule](#notificationsrule). Threshold rules also affect the fields included in the [JSON data object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) sent to a Pub/Sub topic. Threshold rules are _required_ if using email notifications. Threshold rules are _optional_ if only setting a [`pubsubTopic` NotificationsRule](#NotificationsRule), unless you want your JSON data object to include data about the thresholds you set. For more information, see [set budget threshold rules and actions](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#budget-actions).
"spendBasis": "A String", # Optional. The type of basis used to determine if spend has passed the threshold. Behavior defaults to CURRENT_SPEND if not set.
"thresholdPercent": 3.14, # Required. Send an alert when this threshold is exceeded. This is a 1.0-based percentage, so 0.5 = 50%. Validation: non-negative number.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index b9fd077..1234919 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
<code><a href="#exportAssets">exportAssets(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Exports assets with time and resource types to a given Cloud Storage location/BigQuery table. For Cloud Storage location destinations, the output format is newline-delimited JSON. Each line represents a google.cloud.asset.v1.Asset in the JSON format; for BigQuery table destinations, the output table stores the fields in asset proto as columns. This API implements the google.longrunning.Operation API , which allows you to keep track of the export. We recommend intervals of at least 2 seconds with exponential retry to poll the export operation result. For regular-size resource parent, the export operation usually finishes within 5 minutes.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#searchAllIamPolicies">searchAllIamPolicies(scope, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#searchAllIamPolicies">searchAllIamPolicies(scope, assetTypes=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Searches all IAM policies within the specified scope, such as a project, folder, or organization. The caller must be granted the `cloudasset.assets.searchAllIamPolicies` permission on the desired scope, otherwise the request will be rejected.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#searchAllIamPolicies_next">searchAllIamPolicies_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -1436,14 +1436,16 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="searchAllIamPolicies">searchAllIamPolicies(scope, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="searchAllIamPolicies">searchAllIamPolicies(scope, assetTypes=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Searches all IAM policies within the specified scope, such as a project, folder, or organization. The caller must be granted the `cloudasset.assets.searchAllIamPolicies` permission on the desired scope, otherwise the request will be rejected.
Args:
scope: string, Required. A scope can be a project, a folder, or an organization. The search is limited to the IAM policies within the `scope`. The caller must be granted the [`cloudasset.assets.searchAllIamPolicies`](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/access-control#required_permissions) permission on the desired scope. The allowed values are: * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") * folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER} (e.g., "folders/1234567") * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required)
+ assetTypes: string, Optional. A list of asset types that the IAM policies are attached to. If empty, it will search the IAM policies that are attached to all the [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types). Regular expressions are also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. (repeated)
+ orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying the sorting order of the results. The default order is ascending. Add " DESC" after the field name to indicate descending order. Redundant space characters are ignored. Example: "assetType DESC, resource". Only singular primitive fields in the response are sortable: * resource * assetType * project All the other fields such as repeated fields (e.g., `folders`) and non-primitive fields (e.g., `policy`) are not supported.
pageSize: integer, Optional. The page size for search result pagination. Page size is capped at 500 even if a larger value is given. If set to zero, server will pick an appropriate default. Returned results may be fewer than requested. When this happens, there could be more results as long as `next_page_token` is returned.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
- query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-iam-policies#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the IAM policies within the specified `scope`. Note that the query string is compared against each Cloud IAM policy binding, including its members, roles, and Cloud IAM conditions. The returned Cloud IAM policies will only contain the bindings that match your query. To learn more about the IAM policy structure, see [IAM policy doc](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#structure). Examples: * `policy:amy@gmail.com` to find IAM policy bindings that specify user "amy@gmail.com". * `policy:roles/compute.admin` to find IAM policy bindings that specify the Compute Admin role. * `policy:comp*` to find IAM policy bindings that contain "comp" as a prefix of any word in the binding. * `policy.role.permissions:storage.buckets.update` to find IAM policy bindings that specify a role containing "storage.buckets.update" permission. Note that if callers don't have `iam.roles.get` access to a role's included permissions, policy bindings that specify this role will be dropped from the search results. * `policy.role.permissions:upd*` to find IAM policy bindings that specify a role containing "upd" as a prefix of any word in the role permission. Note that if callers don't have `iam.roles.get` access to a role's included permissions, policy bindings that specify this role will be dropped from the search results. * `resource:organizations/123456` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on "organizations/123456". * `resource=//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/myproject` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on the project named "myproject". * `Important` to find IAM policy bindings that contain "Important" as a word in any of the searchable fields (except for the included permissions). * `resource:(instance1 OR instance2) policy:amy` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on resources "instance1" or "instance2" and also specify user "amy".
+ query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-iam-policies#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the IAM policies within the specified `scope`. Note that the query string is compared against each Cloud IAM policy binding, including its members, roles, and Cloud IAM conditions. The returned Cloud IAM policies will only contain the bindings that match your query. To learn more about the IAM policy structure, see [IAM policy doc](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#structure). Examples: * `policy:amy@gmail.com` to find IAM policy bindings that specify user "amy@gmail.com". * `policy:roles/compute.admin` to find IAM policy bindings that specify the Compute Admin role. * `policy:comp*` to find IAM policy bindings that contain "comp" as a prefix of any word in the binding. * `policy.role.permissions:storage.buckets.update` to find IAM policy bindings that specify a role containing "storage.buckets.update" permission. Note that if callers don't have `iam.roles.get` access to a role's included permissions, policy bindings that specify this role will be dropped from the search results. * `policy.role.permissions:upd*` to find IAM policy bindings that specify a role containing "upd" as a prefix of any word in the role permission. Note that if callers don't have `iam.roles.get` access to a role's included permissions, policy bindings that specify this role will be dropped from the search results. * `resource:organizations/123456` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on "organizations/123456". * `resource=//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/myproject` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on the project named "myproject". * `Important` to find IAM policy bindings that contain "Important" as a word in any of the searchable fields (except for the included permissions). * `resource:(instance1 OR instance2) policy:amy` to find IAM policy bindings that are set on resources "instance1" or "instance2" and also specify user "amy". * `roles:roles/compute.admin` to find IAM policy bindings that specify the Compute Admin role. * `memberTypes:user` to find IAM policy bindings that contain the "user" member type.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -1456,6 +1458,7 @@
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Set if there are more results than those appearing in this response; to get the next set of results, call this method again, using this value as the `page_token`.
"results": [ # A list of IamPolicy that match the search query. Related information such as the associated resource is returned along with the policy.
{ # A result of IAM Policy search, containing information of an IAM policy.
+ "assetType": "A String", # The type of the resource associated with this IAM policy. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`. To search against the `asset_type`: * specify the `asset_types` field in your search request.
"explanation": { # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. It contains additional information to explain why the search result matches the query.
"matchedPermissions": { # The map from roles to their included permissions that match the permission query (i.e., a query containing `policy.role.permissions:`). Example: if query `policy.role.permissions:compute.disk.get` matches a policy binding that contains owner role, the matched_permissions will be `{"roles/owner": ["compute.disk.get"]}`. The roles can also be found in the returned `policy` bindings. Note that the map is populated only for requests with permission queries.
"a_key": { # IAM permissions
@@ -1465,6 +1468,10 @@
},
},
},
+ "folders": [ # The folder(s) that the IAM policy belongs to, in the form of folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}. This field is available when the IAM policy belongs to one or more folders. To search against `folders`: * use a field query. Example: `folders:(123 OR 456)` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this folder in your search request.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "organization": "A String", # The organization that the IAM policy belongs to, in the form of organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER}. This field is available when the IAM policy belongs to an organization. To search against `organization`: * use a field query. Example: `organization:123` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this organization in your search request.
"policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy directly set on the given resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don't contain a constrain on policies (e.g., an empty query), this contains all the bindings. To search against the `policy` bindings: * use a field query: - query by the policy contained members. Example: `policy:amy@gmail.com` - query by the policy contained roles. Example: `policy:roles/compute.admin` - query by the policy contained roles' included permissions. Example: `policy.role.permissions:compute.instances.create`
"auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
{ # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
index 2bad448..9235145 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
@@ -109,17 +109,17 @@
{ # Search all IAM policies response.
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Set if there are more results than those appearing in this response; to get the next set of results, call this method again, using this value as the `page_token`.
"results": [ # A list of IamPolicy that match the search query. Related information such as the associated resource is returned along with the policy.
- { # The result for a IAM Policy search.
- "explanation": { # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. It contains additional information to explain why the search result matches the query.
- "matchedPermissions": { # The map from roles to their included permission matching the permission query (e.g. containing `policy.role.permissions:`). A sample role string: "roles/compute.instanceAdmin". The roles can also be found in the returned `policy` bindings. Note that the map is populated only if requesting with a permission query.
- "a_key": { # IAM permissions
- "permissions": [ # A list of permissions. A sample permission string: "compute.disk.get".
+ { # The result for an IAM policy search.
+ "explanation": { # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. # Explanation about the IAM policy search result. It contains additional information that explains why the search result matches the query.
+ "matchedPermissions": { # The map from roles to their included permission matching the permission query (e.g. containing `policy.role.permissions:`). Example role string: "roles/compute.instanceAdmin". The roles can also be found in the returned `policy` bindings. Note that the map is populated only if requesting with a permission query.
+ "a_key": { # IAM permissions.
+ "permissions": [ # A list of permissions. Example permission string: "compute.disk.get".
"A String",
],
},
},
},
- "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy directly set on the given resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don't contain a constrain on policies (e.g. an empty query), this contains all the bindings.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the specified resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don't contain a constraint on policies (e.g. an empty query), this contains all the bindings.
"auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
{ # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
"auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
"etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
"version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
},
- "project": "A String", # The project that the associated GCP resource belongs to, in the form of `projects/{project_number}`. If an IAM policy is set on a resource (like VM instance, Cloud Storage bucket), the project field will indicate the project that contains the resource. If an IAM policy is set on a folder or orgnization, the project field will be empty.
+ "project": "A String", # The project that the associated Google Cloud resource belongs to, in the form of `projects/{project_number}`. If an IAM policy is set on a resource -- such as a Compute Engine instance or a Cloud Storage bucket -- the project field will indicate the project that contains the resource. If an IAM policy is set on a folder or orgnization, the project field will be empty.
"resource": "A String", # The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) of the resource associated with this IAM policy.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
index e5628af..f0436f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -85,6 +85,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html">triggers()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the triggers Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10ad862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1986 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudbuild_v1.html">Cloud Build API</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html">triggers</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns information about a `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists existing `BuildTrigger`s. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(resourceName, body=None, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#run">run(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Runs a `BuildTrigger` at a particular source revision.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#webhook">webhook(name, body=None, projectId=None, secret=None, trigger=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">ReceiveTriggerWebhook [Experimental] is called when the API receives a webhook request targeted at a specific trigger.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a new `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, The parent resource where this trigger will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+}
+
+ projectId: string, Required. ID of the project for which to configure automatic builds.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}` (required)
+ projectId: string, Required. ID of the project that owns the trigger.
+ triggerId: string, Required. ID of the `BuildTrigger` to delete.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns information about a `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}` (required)
+ projectId: string, Required. ID of the project that owns the trigger.
+ triggerId: string, Required. Identifier (`id` or `name`) of the `BuildTrigger` to get.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists existing `BuildTrigger`s. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, The parent of the collection of `Triggers`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+ pageSize: integer, Number of results to return in the list.
+ pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+ projectId: string, Required. ID of the project for which to list BuildTriggers.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response containing existing `BuildTriggers`.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to receive the next page of results.
+ "triggers": [ # `BuildTriggers` for the project, sorted by `create_time` descending.
+ { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(resourceName, body=None, projectId=None, triggerId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.
+
+Args:
+ resourceName: string, The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+}
+
+ projectId: string, Required. ID of the project that owns the trigger.
+ triggerId: string, Required. ID of the `BuildTrigger` to update.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+ "build": { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+ "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "objects": { # Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. # A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
+ "location": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form "gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.
+ "paths": [ # Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "availableSecrets": { # Secrets and secret environment variables. # Secrets and secret environment variables.
+ "inline": [ # Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.
+ "envMap": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*
+ },
+ ],
+ "secretManager": [ # Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.
+ { # Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.
+ "env": "A String", # Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.
+ "versionName": "A String", # Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "buildTriggerId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.
+ "finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build.
+ "images": [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logUrl": "A String", # Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.
+ "logsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "options": { # Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds. # Special options for this build.
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* "disk free"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 1000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.
+ "dynamicSubstitutions": True or False, # Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "env": [ # A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logStreamingOption": "A String", # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
+ "logging": "A String", # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
+ "requestedVerifyOption": "A String", # Requested verifiability options.
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sourceProvenanceHash": [ # Requested hash for SourceProvenance.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "substitutionOption": "A String", # Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.
+ "volumes": [ # Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "workerPool": "A String", # Option to specify a `WorkerPool` for the build. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPool} This field is in beta and is available only to restricted users.
+ },
+ "projectId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the project.
+ "queueTtl": "A String", # TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.
+ "results": { # Artifacts created by the build pipeline. # Output only. Results of the build.
+ "artifactManifest": "A String", # Path to the artifact manifest. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ "artifactTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Time to push all non-container artifacts.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "buildStepImages": [ # List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 4KB of data is stored.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "images": [ # Container images that were built as a part of the build.
+ { # An image built by the pipeline.
+ "digest": "A String", # Docker Registry 2.0 digest.
+ "name": "A String", # Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.
+ "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "numArtifacts": "A String", # Number of artifacts uploaded. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded.
+ },
+ "secrets": [ # Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets
+ { # Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.
+ "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.
+ "secretEnv": { # Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceAccount": "A String", # IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a supported storage service. # The location of the source files to build.
+ "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "storageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+ "fileHashes": { # Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.
+ "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+ "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes.
+ { # Container message for hash values.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed.
+ "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSource": { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+ },
+ "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview. # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
+ "bucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
+ "generation": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
+ "object": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.
+ },
+ },
+ "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build.
+ "statusDetail": "A String", # Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.
+ "steps": [ # Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.
+ { # A step in the build pipeline.
+ "args": [ # A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "dir": "A String", # Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.
+ "entrypoint": "A String", # Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.
+ "env": [ # A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form "KEY=VALUE" for the environment variable "KEY" being given the value "VALUE".
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like "ubuntu", "debian", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.
+ "pullTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "secretEnv": [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.
+ "timeout": "A String", # Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.
+ "timing": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ "volumes": [ # List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.
+ { # Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.
+ "path": "A String", # Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.
+ },
+ ],
+ "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions data for `Build` resource.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "timeout": "A String", # Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is ten minutes.
+ "timing": { # Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps * PUSH: time to push all specified images. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.
+ "a_key": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase.
+ "endTime": "A String", # End of time span.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
+ },
+ },
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
+ "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
+ "disabled": True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
+ "filename": "A String", # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
+ "filter": "A String", # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+ "github": { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. This message is experimental. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
+ "installationId": "A String", # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "cloud-builders".
+ "owner": "A String", # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is "googlecloudplatform".
+ "pullRequest": { # PullRequestFilter contains filter properties for matching GitHub Pull Requests. # filter to match changes in pull requests.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regex of branches to match. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commentControl": "A String", # Configure builds to run whether a repository owner or collaborator need to comment `/gcbrun`.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # If true, branches that do NOT match the git_ref will trigger a build.
+ },
+ "push": { # Push contains filter properties for matching GitHub git pushes. # filter to match changes in refs like branches, tags.
+ "branch": "A String", # Regexes matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # When true, only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the git_ref regex.
+ "tag": "A String", # Regexes matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ },
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the trigger.
+ "ignoredFiles": [ # ignored_files and included_files are file glob matches using https://golang.org/pkg/path/filepath/#Match extended with support for "**". If ignored_files and changed files are both empty, then they are not used to determine whether or not to trigger a build. If ignored_files is not empty, then we ignore any files that match any of the ignored_file globs. If the change has no files that are outside of the ignored_files globs, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includedFiles": [ # If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is empty, then as far as this filter is concerned, we should trigger the build. If any of the files altered in the commit pass the ignored_files filter and included_files is not empty, then we make sure that at least one of those files matches a included_files glob. If not, then we do not trigger a build.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ "subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
+ "topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
+ },
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tags": [ # Tags for annotation of a `BuildTrigger`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "triggerTemplate": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Template describing the types of source changes to trigger a build. Branch and tag names in trigger templates are interpreted as regular expressions. Any branch or tag change that matches that regular expression will trigger a build. Mutually exclusive with `github`.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="run">run(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Runs a `BuildTrigger` at a particular source revision.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to run. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Specifies a build trigger to run and the source to use.
+ "projectId": "A String", # Required. ID of the project.
+ "source": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # Source to build against this trigger.
+ "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
+ "dir": "A String", # Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.
+ "invertRegex": True or False, # Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.
+ "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.
+ "repoName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Source Repository.
+ "substitutions": { # Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
+ },
+ "triggerId": "A String", # Required. ID of the trigger.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="webhook">webhook(name, body=None, projectId=None, secret=None, trigger=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>ReceiveTriggerWebhook [Experimental] is called when the API receives a webhook request targeted at a specific trigger.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The name of the `ReceiveTriggerWebhook` to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+ "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+ "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+ "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+}
+
+ projectId: string, Project in which the specified trigger lives
+ secret: string, Secret token used for authorization if an OAuth token isn't provided.
+ trigger: string, Name of the trigger to run the payload against
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # ReceiveTriggerWebhookResponse [Experimental] is the response object for the ReceiveTriggerWebhook method.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
index 296015f..2ec94dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#create">create(projectId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#create">create(projectId, body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Creates a new `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#delete">delete(projectId, triggerId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(projectId, triggerId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#get">get(projectId, triggerId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#get">get(projectId, triggerId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns information about a `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#list">list(projectId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#list">list(projectId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists existing `BuildTrigger`s. This API is experimental.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -96,10 +96,10 @@
<code><a href="#patch">patch(projectId, triggerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#run">run(projectId, triggerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#run">run(projectId, triggerId, body=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Runs a `BuildTrigger` at a particular source revision.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#webhook">webhook(projectId, trigger, body=None, secret=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+ <code><a href="#webhook">webhook(projectId, trigger, body=None, name=None, secret=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">ReceiveTriggerWebhook [Experimental] is called when the API receives a webhook request targeted at a specific trigger.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="create">create(projectId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(projectId, body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Creates a new `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.
Args:
@@ -364,12 +364,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -388,8 +389,13 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
}
+ parent: string, The parent resource where this trigger will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -646,12 +652,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -670,16 +677,21 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="delete">delete(projectId, triggerId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(projectId, triggerId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Deletes a `BuildTrigger` by its project ID and trigger ID. This API is experimental.
Args:
projectId: string, Required. ID of the project that owns the trigger. (required)
triggerId: string, Required. ID of the `BuildTrigger` to delete. (required)
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -693,12 +705,13 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="get">get(projectId, triggerId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(projectId, triggerId, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Returns information about a `BuildTrigger`. This API is experimental.
Args:
projectId: string, Required. ID of the project that owns the trigger. (required)
triggerId: string, Required. Identifier (`id` or `name`) of the `BuildTrigger` to get. (required)
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -955,12 +968,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -979,17 +993,22 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="list">list(projectId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(projectId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Lists existing `BuildTrigger`s. This API is experimental.
Args:
projectId: string, Required. ID of the project for which to list BuildTriggers. (required)
pageSize: integer, Number of results to return in the list.
pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+ parent: string, The parent of the collection of `Triggers`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -1249,12 +1268,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -1273,6 +1293,10 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
},
],
}</pre>
@@ -1550,12 +1574,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -1574,6 +1599,10 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1832,12 +1861,13 @@
"A String",
],
"name": "A String", # User-assigned name of the trigger. Must be unique within the project. Trigger names must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character.
- "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # Optional. PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
+ "pubsubConfig": { # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published. # PubsubConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a Pub/Sub message is published.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Service account that will make the push request.
"state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
"subscription": "A String", # Output only. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}`.
"topic": "A String", # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
},
+ "resourceName": "A String", # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
"substitutions": { # Substitutions for Build resource. The keys must match the following regular expression: `^_[A-Z0-9_]+$`.
"a_key": "A String",
},
@@ -1856,11 +1886,15 @@
},
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
},
+ "webhookConfig": { # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL. # WebhookConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a webhook is sent to a trigger's webhook URL.
+ "secret": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the secret required as a URL parameter.
+ "state": "A String", # Potential issues with the underlying Pub/Sub subscription configuration. Only populated on get requests.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="run">run(projectId, triggerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="run">run(projectId, triggerId, body=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Runs a `BuildTrigger` at a particular source revision.
Args:
@@ -1882,6 +1916,7 @@
"tagName": "A String", # Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
}
+ name: string, The name of the `Trigger` to run. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -1912,7 +1947,7 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="webhook">webhook(projectId, trigger, body=None, secret=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <code class="details" id="webhook">webhook(projectId, trigger, body=None, name=None, secret=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>ReceiveTriggerWebhook [Experimental] is called when the API receives a webhook request targeted at a specific trigger.
Args:
@@ -1931,6 +1966,7 @@
],
}
+ name: string, The name of the `ReceiveTriggerWebhook` to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`
secret: string, Secret token used for authorization if an OAuth token isn't provided.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.html
index ef7f803..9624fbd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
Args:
groupKey_id: string, The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- groupKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ groupKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
}
- updateMask: string, Required. The fully-qualified names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`.
+ updateMask: string, Required. The fully-qualified names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`, `labels`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.memberships.html
index 31cf220..a81036e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.groups.memberships.html
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. The parent `Group` resource under which to lookup the `Membership` name. Must be of the form `groups/{group_id}`. (required)
memberKey_id: string, The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- memberKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ memberKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
"group": "A String", # Resource name for this group.
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Entity key has an id and a namespace. In case of discussion forums, the id will be an email address without a namespace.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Labels for Group resource.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
"preferredMemberKey": [ # Entity key has an id and a namespace. In case of discussion forums, the id will be an email address without a namespace.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` should be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"relationType": "A String", # The relation between the group and the transitive member.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
index 15bf305..77b9ddd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
@@ -411,6 +411,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Request message for wiping all data on the device.
+ "removeResetLock": True or False, # Optional. Specifies if a user is able to factory reset a device after a Device Wipe. On iOS, this is called "Activation Lock", while on Android, this is known as "Factory Reset Protection". If true, this protection will be removed from the device, so that a user can successfully factory reset. If false, the setting is untouched on the device.
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
index b03faa6..4b80507 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
"additionalGroupKeys": [ # Additional entity key aliases for a Group.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was created.
@@ -147,13 +147,20 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Group`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}`.
"parent": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the entity under which this `Group` resides in the Cloud Identity resource hierarchy. Must be of the form `identitysources/{identity_source_id}` for external- identity-mapped groups or `customers/{customer_id}` for Google Groups. The `customer_id` must begin with "C" (for example, 'C046psxkn').
+ "posixGroups": [ # Optional. The POSIX groups associated with the `Group`.
+ { # POSIX Group definition to represent a group in a POSIX compliant system.
+ "gid": "A String", # GID of the POSIX group.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the POSIX group.
+ "systemId": "A String", # System identifier for which group name and gid apply to. If not specified it will default to empty value.
+ },
+ ],
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
}
@@ -244,7 +251,7 @@
"additionalGroupKeys": [ # Additional entity key aliases for a Group.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was created.
@@ -264,13 +271,20 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Group`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}`.
"parent": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the entity under which this `Group` resides in the Cloud Identity resource hierarchy. Must be of the form `identitysources/{identity_source_id}` for external- identity-mapped groups or `customers/{customer_id}` for Google Groups. The `customer_id` must begin with "C" (for example, 'C046psxkn').
+ "posixGroups": [ # Optional. The POSIX groups associated with the `Group`.
+ { # POSIX Group definition to represent a group in a POSIX compliant system.
+ "gid": "A String", # GID of the POSIX group.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the POSIX group.
+ "systemId": "A String", # System identifier for which group name and gid apply to. If not specified it will default to empty value.
+ },
+ ],
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -302,7 +316,7 @@
"additionalGroupKeys": [ # Additional entity key aliases for a Group.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was created.
@@ -322,13 +336,20 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Group`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}`.
"parent": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the entity under which this `Group` resides in the Cloud Identity resource hierarchy. Must be of the form `identitysources/{identity_source_id}` for external- identity-mapped groups or `customers/{customer_id}` for Google Groups. The `customer_id` must begin with "C" (for example, 'C046psxkn').
+ "posixGroups": [ # Optional. The POSIX groups associated with the `Group`.
+ { # POSIX Group definition to represent a group in a POSIX compliant system.
+ "gid": "A String", # GID of the POSIX group.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the POSIX group.
+ "systemId": "A String", # System identifier for which group name and gid apply to. If not specified it will default to empty value.
+ },
+ ],
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
},
],
@@ -356,7 +377,7 @@
Args:
groupKey_id: string, The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- groupKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ groupKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -383,7 +404,7 @@
"additionalGroupKeys": [ # Additional entity key aliases for a Group.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was created.
@@ -403,17 +424,24 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Group`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}`.
"parent": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the entity under which this `Group` resides in the Cloud Identity resource hierarchy. Must be of the form `identitysources/{identity_source_id}` for external- identity-mapped groups or `customers/{customer_id}` for Google Groups. The `customer_id` must begin with "C" (for example, 'C046psxkn').
+ "posixGroups": [ # Optional. The POSIX groups associated with the `Group`.
+ { # POSIX Group definition to represent a group in a POSIX compliant system.
+ "gid": "A String", # GID of the POSIX group.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the POSIX group.
+ "systemId": "A String", # System identifier for which group name and gid apply to. If not specified it will default to empty value.
+ },
+ ],
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
}
- updateMask: string, Required. The fully-qualified names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`.
+ updateMask: string, Required. The fully-qualified names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`, `labels`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -469,7 +497,7 @@
"additionalGroupKeys": [ # Additional entity key aliases for a Group.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was created.
@@ -489,13 +517,20 @@
},
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the `Group`.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Required. One or more label entries that apply to the Group. Currently supported labels contain a key with an empty value. Google Groups are the default type of group and have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.discussion_forum` and an empty value. Existing Google Groups can have an additional label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.security` and an empty value added to them. **This is an immutable change and the security label cannot be removed once added.** Dynamic groups have a label with a key of `cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.dynamic`. Identity-mapped groups for Cloud Search have a label with a key of `system/groups/external` and an empty value.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Group`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}`.
"parent": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the entity under which this `Group` resides in the Cloud Identity resource hierarchy. Must be of the form `identitysources/{identity_source_id}` for external- identity-mapped groups or `customers/{customer_id}` for Google Groups. The `customer_id` must begin with "C" (for example, 'C046psxkn').
+ "posixGroups": [ # Optional. The POSIX groups associated with the `Group`.
+ { # POSIX Group definition to represent a group in a POSIX compliant system.
+ "gid": "A String", # GID of the POSIX group.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the POSIX group.
+ "systemId": "A String", # System identifier for which group name and gid apply to. If not specified it will default to empty value.
+ },
+ ],
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.memberships.html
index e683082..c77db43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.memberships.html
@@ -155,12 +155,12 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Membership` was created.
"memberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -256,12 +256,12 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Membership` was created.
"memberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Membership` was created.
"memberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. The parent `Group` resource under which to lookup the `Membership` name. Must be of the form `groups/{group_id}`. (required)
memberKey_id: string, The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- memberKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ memberKey_namespace: string, The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -443,12 +443,12 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the `Membership` was created.
"memberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"name": "A String", # Output only. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the `Membership`. Shall be of the form `groups/{group_id}/memberships/{membership_id}`.
"preferredMemberKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Required. Immutable. The `EntityKey` of the member. Either `member_key` or `preferred_member_key` must be set when calling MembershipsService.CreateMembership but not both; both shall be set when returned.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"roles": [ # The `MembershipRole`s that apply to the `Membership`. If unspecified, defaults to a single `MembershipRole` with `name` `MEMBER`. Must not contain duplicate `MembershipRole`s with the same `name`.
{ # A membership role within the Cloud Identity Groups API. A `MembershipRole` defines the privileges granted to a `Membership`.
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
"group": "A String", # Resource name for this group.
"groupKey": { # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s. # Entity key has an id and a namespace. In case of discussion forums, the id will be an email address without a namespace.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
"labels": { # Labels for Group resource.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
"preferredMemberKey": [ # Entity key has an id and a namespace. In case of discussion forums, the id will be an email address without a namespace.
{ # A unique identifier for an entity in the Cloud Identity Groups API. An entity can represent either a group with an optional `namespace` or a user without a `namespace`. The combination of `id` and `namespace` must be unique; however, the same `id` can be used with different `namespace`s.
"id": "A String", # The ID of the entity. For Google-managed entities, the `id` must be the email address of an existing group or user. For external-identity-mapped entities, the `id` must be a string conforming to the Identity Source's requirements. Must be unique within a `namespace`.
- "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}.
+ "namespace": "A String", # The namespace in which the entity exists. If not specified, the `EntityKey` represents a Google-managed entity such as a Google user or a Google Group. If specified, the `EntityKey` represents an external-identity-mapped group. The namespace must correspond to an identity source created in Admin Console and must be in the form of `identitysources/{identity_source_id}`.
},
],
"relationType": "A String", # The relation between the group and the transitive member.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
index 0031881..f5ef271 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
<pre>Lists Projects that the caller has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method. NOTE: If the request filter contains a `parent.type` and `parent.id` and the caller has the `resourcemanager.projects.list` permission on the parent, the results will be drawn from an alternate index which provides more consistent results. In future versions of this API, this List method will be split into List and Search to properly capture the behavioral difference.
Args:
- filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. If multiple fields are included in a filter query, the query will return results that match any of the fields. Some eligible fields for filtering are: + `name` + `id` + `labels.` (where *key* is the name of a label) + `parent.type` + `parent.id` + `lifecycleState` Some examples of filter strings: | Filter | Description | |------------------|-----------------------------------------------------| | name:how* | The project's name starts with "how". | | name:Howl | The project's name is `Howl` or `howl`. | | name:HOWL | Equivalent to above. | | NAME:howl | Equivalent to above. | | labels.color:* | The project has the label `color`. | | labels.color:red | The project's label `color` has the value `red`. | | labels.color:red labels.size:big | The project's label `color` | : : has the value `red` and its : : : label`size` has the value : : : `big`. : | lifecycleState:DELETE_REQUESTED | Only show projects that are | : : pending deletion. : If no filter is specified, the call will return projects for which the user has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission. NOTE: To perform a by-parent query (eg., what projects are directly in a Folder), the caller must have the `resourcemanager.projects.list` permission on the parent and the filter must contain both a `parent.type` and a `parent.id` restriction (example: "parent.type:folder parent.id:123"). In this case an alternate search index is used which provides more consistent results.
+ filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. If multiple fields are included in a filter query, the query will return results that match any of the fields. Some eligible fields for filtering are: + `name` + `id` + `labels.` (where *key* is the name of a label) + `parent.type` + `parent.id` + `lifecycleState` Some examples of filter queries: | Query | Description | |------------------|-----------------------------------------------------| | name:how* | The project's name starts with "how". | | name:Howl | The project's name is `Howl` or `howl`. | | name:HOWL | Equivalent to above. | | NAME:howl | Equivalent to above. | | labels.color:* | The project has the label `color`. | | labels.color:red | The project's label `color` has the value `red`. | | labels.color:red labels.size:big | The project's label `color` has the value `red` and its label `size` has the value `big`.| | lifecycleState:DELETE_REQUESTED | Only show projects that are pending deletion.| If no filter is specified, the call will return projects for which the user has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission. NOTE: To perform a by-parent query (eg., what projects are directly in a Folder), the caller must have the `resourcemanager.projects.list` permission on the parent and the filter must contain both a `parent.type` and a `parent.id` restriction (example: "parent.type:folder parent.id:123"). In this case an alternate search index is used which provides more consistent results.
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of Projects to return in the response. The server can return fewer Projects than requested. If unspecified, server picks an appropriate default.
pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous call to ListProjects that indicates from where listing should continue.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
index 3368515..5c4e954 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#search">search(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">The Cloud Search Query API provides the search method, which returns the most relevant results from a user query. The results can come from G Suite Apps, such as Gmail or Google Drive, or they can come from data that you have indexed from a third party. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
+<p class="firstline">The Cloud Search Query API provides the search method, which returns the most relevant results from a user query. The results can come from Google Workspace apps, such as Gmail or Google Drive, or they can come from data that you have indexed from a third party. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#suggest">suggest(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Provides suggestions for autocompleting the query. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Provides suggestions for autocompleting the query. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="search">search(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>The Cloud Search Query API provides the search method, which returns the most relevant results from a user query. The results can come from G Suite Apps, such as Gmail or Google Drive, or they can come from data that you have indexed from a third party. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
+ <pre>The Cloud Search Query API provides the search method, which returns the most relevant results from a user query. The results can come from Google Workspace apps, such as Gmail or Google Drive, or they can come from data that you have indexed from a third party. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
Args:
body: object, The request body.
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
{ # Source specific facet response
"buckets": [ # FacetBuckets for values in response containing at least a single result.
{ # A bucket in a facet is the basic unit of operation. A bucket can comprise either a single value OR a contiguous range of values, depending on the type of the field bucketed. FacetBucket is currently used only for returning the response object.
- "count": 42, # Number of results that match the bucket value. Counts are only returned for searches when count accuracy is ensured. Can be empty.
+ "count": 42, # Number of results that match the bucket value. Counts are only returned for searches when count accuracy is ensured. Cloud Search does not guarantee facet counts for any query and facet counts might be present only intermittently, even for identical queries. Do not build dependencies on facet count existence; instead use facet ount percentages which are always returned.
"percentage": 42, # Percent of results that match the bucket value. The returned value is between (0-100], and is rounded down to an integer if fractional. If the value is not explicitly returned, it represents a percentage value that rounds to 0. Percentages are returned for all searches, but are an estimate. Because percentages are always returned, you should render percentages instead of counts.
"value": { # Definition of a single value with generic type.
"booleanValue": True or False,
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="suggest">suggest(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Provides suggestions for autocompleting the query. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
+ <pre>Provides suggestions for autocompleting the query. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
Args:
body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.sources.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.sources.html
index 5da3e46..4a37d61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.sources.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(pageToken=None, requestOptions_debugOptions_enableDebugging=None, requestOptions_languageCode=None, requestOptions_searchApplicationId=None, requestOptions_timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns list of sources that user can use for Search and Suggest APIs. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns list of sources that user can use for Search and Suggest APIs. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(pageToken=None, requestOptions_debugOptions_enableDebugging=None, requestOptions_languageCode=None, requestOptions_searchApplicationId=None, requestOptions_timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Returns list of sources that user can use for Search and Suggest APIs. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [G Suite domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
+ <pre>Returns list of sources that user can use for Search and Suggest APIs. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute. A service account can't perform Query API requests directly; to use a service account to perform queries, set up [Google Workspace domain-wide delegation of authority](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/delegation/).
Args:
pageToken: string, Number of sources to return in the response.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
index 444ba44..bb3482e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
"items": { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
"addresses": [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
index f602d31..7e4a0ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index fb45c25..311c04a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -226,25 +226,25 @@
"items": { # A list of BackendServicesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of BackendServices.
"backendServices": [ # A list of BackendServices contained in this scope.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -318,19 +318,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -380,9 +380,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -608,9 +608,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
@@ -809,25 +810,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -868,7 +869,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -879,7 +880,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -901,19 +902,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -932,7 +933,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -963,9 +964,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1191,9 +1192,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}</pre>
@@ -1357,25 +1359,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1416,7 +1418,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1427,7 +1429,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1449,19 +1451,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1480,7 +1482,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1511,9 +1513,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1739,9 +1741,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1825,25 +1828,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1884,7 +1887,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1895,7 +1898,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1917,19 +1920,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1948,7 +1951,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1979,9 +1982,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -2207,9 +2210,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
@@ -2254,25 +2258,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -2313,7 +2317,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2324,7 +2328,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -2346,19 +2350,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -2377,7 +2381,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -2408,9 +2412,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -2636,9 +2640,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -3094,25 +3099,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -3153,7 +3158,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -3164,7 +3169,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -3186,19 +3191,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -3217,7 +3222,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -3248,9 +3253,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -3476,9 +3481,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
index acbb461..07fa449 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.
+ "resourcePolicies": [ # Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.
"A String",
],
}
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -417,6 +417,8 @@
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
},
"sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+ "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+ "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.
"storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.
"storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
@@ -600,7 +602,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -639,7 +641,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -801,7 +803,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -840,7 +842,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -967,7 +969,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -1006,7 +1008,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -1558,7 +1560,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -1597,7 +1599,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
index 985644d..1d818c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
index f2fbe38..314213c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
index 684ea85..e898b39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index c3f16ed..15196b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -228,18 +228,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -421,6 +422,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -621,18 +623,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -814,6 +817,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -979,18 +983,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -1172,6 +1177,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 5302662..7a84e2f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -458,18 +458,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -678,6 +679,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -816,18 +818,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -957,7 +960,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -998,18 +1001,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -1218,6 +1222,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -1312,18 +1317,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -1505,6 +1511,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -1543,7 +1550,7 @@
"targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region.
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
@@ -1873,18 +1880,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -2093,6 +2101,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -2346,6 +2355,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -2382,7 +2395,7 @@
{ # A guest attributes entry.
"kind": "compute#guestAttributes", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#guestAttributes for guest attributes entry.
- "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\/') or a specified key ('/\/\')
+ "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\/') or a specified key ('\/\').
"queryValue": { # Array of guest attribute namespace/key/value tuples. # [Output Only] The value of the requested queried path.
"items": [
{ # A guest attributes namespace/key/value entry.
@@ -2659,18 +2672,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -2879,6 +2893,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -3060,18 +3075,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -3280,6 +3296,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -4563,6 +4580,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -5349,18 +5367,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -5569,6 +5588,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index 849dcc7..339efeb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -354,6 +354,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
@@ -659,6 +660,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
@@ -930,6 +932,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
index 3e13744..8763247 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
@@ -534,6 +534,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index 3223860..75f5e6b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -589,6 +593,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -707,6 +715,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -830,6 +842,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1030,6 +1046,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1281,6 +1301,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1426,6 +1450,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index abd723d..54c8b43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -197,25 +197,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -289,19 +289,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -579,9 +579,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}</pre>
@@ -748,25 +749,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -807,7 +808,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -818,7 +819,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -840,19 +841,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -871,7 +872,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -902,9 +903,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1130,9 +1131,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1217,25 +1219,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1276,7 +1278,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1287,7 +1289,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1309,19 +1311,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1340,7 +1342,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1371,9 +1373,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1599,9 +1601,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
@@ -1647,25 +1650,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1706,7 +1709,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1717,7 +1720,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1739,19 +1742,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1770,7 +1773,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1801,9 +1804,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -2029,9 +2032,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -2348,25 +2352,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -2407,7 +2411,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2418,7 +2422,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -2440,19 +2444,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -2471,7 +2475,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -2502,9 +2506,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -2730,9 +2734,10 @@
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
+ "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or 'INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED'. 'subset_size' is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
},
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
index f6b8181..8b2a7d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList_next">aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.
+ <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.
Args:
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
index cf72ea8..ff581bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
@@ -253,6 +253,8 @@
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
},
"sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+ "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+ "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.
"storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.
"storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
@@ -436,7 +438,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -475,7 +477,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -637,7 +639,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -676,7 +678,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
@@ -803,7 +805,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -842,7 +844,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index 282ee8a..dddec85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 15429cc..95f7584 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index 848d76f..9797932 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -80,9 +80,6 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#recommendLocations">recommendLocations(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns recommended locations (zones in a region) for specified sets of homogenous instances.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="bulkInsert">bulkInsert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -94,7 +91,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -135,18 +132,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -355,6 +353,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -449,18 +448,19 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
},
],
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
],
@@ -642,6 +642,7 @@
],
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
+ "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.
},
"secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
@@ -680,7 +681,7 @@
"targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region.
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
@@ -757,648 +758,4 @@
<pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
</div>
-<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="recommendLocations">recommendLocations(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Returns recommended locations (zones in a region) for specified sets of homogenous instances.
-
-Args:
- project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
- region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
- body: object, The request body.
- The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not saved anywhere and used only to process the request.
- "instanceSpecs": { # Specification of named homogeneous instance sets to find location for. Keys of this map are arbitrary (but must be different), defined by the caller used only in the response. They must follow RFC 1035 name standard. Specifically, they must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. Values are trimmed BulkInsertInstanceResource messages, without the following fields: - min_count - predefined_name - name_pattern - per_instance_properties - instance - secure_tag - location_policy
- "a_key": { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
- "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
- "instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead.
- "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
- "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
- "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes.
- "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
- "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width.
- },
- "canIpForward": True or False, # Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding .
- "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options.
- "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
- },
- "cpuPlatform": "A String", # [Output Only] The CPU platform used by this instance.
- "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the resource should be protected against deletion.
- "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance. Persistent disks must be created before you can assign them.
- { # An instance-attached disk resource.
- "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance).
- "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
- "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
- "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB.
- "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error.
- "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- { # Guest OS features.
- "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- },
- ],
- "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number.
- "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.
- "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
- "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
- "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
- "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
- { # Guest OS features.
- "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- },
- ],
- "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
- "a_key": "A String",
- },
- "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
- "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
- "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
- "A String",
- ],
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
- "A String",
- ],
- "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
- "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
- "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- },
- "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
- "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
- "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses.
- "A String",
- ],
- "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode.
- "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api.
- "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk
- "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK).
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- },
- "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
- "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
- "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
- "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
- },
- "eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disks restored from source snapshots or source machine image should erase Windows specific VSS signature.
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
- "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
- { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
- "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
- "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
- },
- ],
- "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
- "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide. If you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
- "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
- "labels": { # Labels to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
- "a_key": "A String",
- },
- "lastStartTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last start timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "lastStopTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last stop timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "lastSuspendedTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last suspended timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "machineType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.
- "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to this instance. This includes custom metadata and predefined keys.
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.
- "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
- { # Metadata
- "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project.
- "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB).
- },
- ],
- "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.
- },
- "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Specifies a minimum CPU platform for the VM instance. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge".
- "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
- "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network configurations for this instance. These specify how interfaces are configured to interact with other network services, such as connecting to the internet. Multiple interfaces are supported per instance.
- { # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
- "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
- { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
- "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
- "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
- "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
- "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
- "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
- "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
- "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance.
- "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
- "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration.
- "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
- "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
- },
- ],
- "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks.
- { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface.
- "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24).
- "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used.
- },
- ],
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
- "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range.
- "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
- { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
- "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
- "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
- "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
- "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
- "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
- "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
- "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance.
- "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
- "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration.
- "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
- "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
- },
- ],
- "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
- "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
- "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
- "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
- "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
- "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
- "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
- "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users.
- "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
- "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface.
- {
- "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP.
- "ipAllocationMode": "A String",
- "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
- "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting.
- },
- ],
- "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
- },
- ],
- "networkPerformanceConfig": {
- "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
- "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
- },
- "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
- "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
- "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from.
- "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
- "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
- "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance.
- "A String",
- ],
- "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
- "scheduling": {
- "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
- },
- "upcomingMaintenance": {
- "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. See go/sf-ctm-design for more details
- },
- },
- "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
- "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
- "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
- "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
- "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
- "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
- "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance.
- "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
- "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node.
- "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity.
- { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled.
- "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource.
- "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity.
- "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
- "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
- },
- "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
- "A String",
- ],
- "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
- "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.
- { # A service account.
- "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
- "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
- "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
- "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
- "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
- },
- "shieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured.
- "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.
- },
- "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_config.
- "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled.
- "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled.
- "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled.
- },
- "shieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which VM instance boot integrity is measured. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_integrity_policy.
- "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.
- },
- "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
- "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "startRestricted": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether a VM has been restricted for start because Compute Engine has detected suspicious activity.
- "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle.
- "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
- "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags method. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. Multiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field.
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
- "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
- "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead.
- "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. This timestamp values are in RFC3339 text format. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption.
- "earliest": "A String",
- "latest": "A String",
- },
- "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead.
- "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
- },
- "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
- },
- "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
- "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
- "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false).
- "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes.
- "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed.
- "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width.
- },
- "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.
- "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options.
- "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled.
- },
- "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties.
- "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties.
- { # An instance-attached disk resource.
- "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance).
- "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
- "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
- "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB.
- "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error.
- "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- { # Guest OS features.
- "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- },
- ],
- "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number.
- "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.
- "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
- "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
- "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
- "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
- { # Guest OS features.
- "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
- },
- ],
- "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
- "a_key": "A String",
- },
- "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
- "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
- "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
- "A String",
- ],
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
- "A String",
- ],
- "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
- "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
- "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
- "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
- "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
- "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
- "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
- "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
- },
- },
- "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
- "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks.
- "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses.
- "A String",
- ],
- "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode.
- "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api.
- "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk
- "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK).
- {
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- ],
- "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK).
- "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file.
- "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
- },
- },
- "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
- "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
- "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
- "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled.
- },
- "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties.
- { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
- "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
- "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
- },
- ],
- "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties.
- "a_key": "A String",
- },
- "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties.
- "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information.
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.
- "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
- { # Metadata
- "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project.
- "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB).
- },
- ],
- "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.
- },
- "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.
- "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface.
- { # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
- "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
- { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
- "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
- "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
- "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
- "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
- "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
- "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
- "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance.
- "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
- "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration.
- "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
- "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
- },
- ],
- "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks.
- { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface.
- "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24).
- "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used.
- },
- ],
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
- "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range.
- "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
- { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
- "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
- "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
- "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
- "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
- "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
- "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
- "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance.
- "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
- "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration.
- "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
- "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
- },
- ],
- "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
- "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
- "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
- "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
- "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
- "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
- "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
- "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users.
- "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
- "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface.
- {
- "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP.
- "ipAllocationMode": "A String",
- "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
- "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting.
- },
- ],
- "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
- },
- ],
- "networkPerformanceConfig": {
- "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
- "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
- },
- "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
- "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from.
- "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.
- "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
- "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
- "A String",
- ],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
- "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
- "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
- "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
- "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
- "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
- "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance.
- "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
- "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node.
- "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity.
- { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled.
- "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource.
- "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity.
- "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
- "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
- },
- "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
- "A String",
- ],
- "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
- { # A service account.
- "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
- "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- ],
- "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options.
- "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.
- "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.
- "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
- },
- "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties.
- "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled.
- "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled.
- "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled.
- },
- "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
- "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
- "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
- "A String",
- ],
- },
- },
- "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
- "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
- "a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
- },
- },
- "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region.
- },
- "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
- "perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
- "a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
- "name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
- },
- },
- "predefinedNames": [ # DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.
- "A String",
- ],
- "secureTags": [ # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
- "A String",
- ],
- "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.
- },
- },
- "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Location policy to indicate allowed zones for instances, together with the shape of the distribution.
- "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
- "a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
- },
- },
- "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region.
- },
-}
-
- x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
- Allowed values
- 1 - v1 error format
- 2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
- An object of the form:
-
- { # Response for for compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations.
- "recommendedLocations": { # Instance count recommendations, keys are instance spec names.
- "a_key": { # Instance count recommendations for a single instance specification.
- "locations": { # Instance count recommendations, keys are zone names.
- "a_key": { # Instance count recommendation for a single zone.
- "instanceCount": 42, # Count of instances recommended.
- },
- },
- },
- },
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index fb0b361..a85af86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -285,6 +285,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -415,6 +419,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -616,6 +624,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -778,6 +790,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
index bdd0d24..21633f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
index dbf0d39..fcee503 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
@@ -196,6 +196,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -393,6 +397,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -641,6 +649,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -737,6 +749,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -861,6 +877,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1061,6 +1081,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1262,6 +1286,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
@@ -1408,6 +1436,10 @@
"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
},
},
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
index 67106e9..b2f2920 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
@@ -235,6 +235,8 @@
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
},
"sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+ "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+ "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.
"storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.
"storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
@@ -403,6 +405,8 @@
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
},
"sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+ "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+ "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.
"storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.
"storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
@@ -536,6 +540,8 @@
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
},
"sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+ "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+ "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.
"storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.
"storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
index 7b43162..05f1fdb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2921,7 +2921,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4347,7 +4347,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4528,7 +4528,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
index fe02d63..16a6379 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
"items": { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
"addresses": [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
index a637414..8d07419 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index 126603f..38c24e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -225,25 +225,25 @@
"items": { # A list of BackendServicesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of BackendServices.
"backendServices": [ # A list of BackendServices contained in this scope.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -317,19 +317,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -374,9 +374,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -586,25 +586,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -678,19 +678,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -735,9 +735,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -914,25 +914,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1006,19 +1006,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1063,9 +1063,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -1161,25 +1161,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1253,19 +1253,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1310,9 +1310,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -1370,25 +1370,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1462,19 +1462,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1519,9 +1519,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -1987,25 +1987,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -2079,19 +2079,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
index b6fbd07..640e3a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.
+ "resourcePolicies": [ # Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.
"A String",
],
}
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
index 610f79e..3b9f518 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
index 5c0e488..87efac1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
index 57ecaea..6961bb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
index 75fd6cd..023f011 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 7d16da2..8af54e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@
},
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -1786,6 +1786,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -1814,6 +1822,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -1849,7 +1861,7 @@
{ # A guest attributes entry.
"kind": "compute#guestAttributes", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#guestAttributes for guest attributes entry.
- "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\/') or a specified key ('/\/\')
+ "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\/') or a specified key ('\/\').
"queryValue": { # Array of guest attribute namespace/key/value tuples. # [Output Only] The value of the requested queried path.
"items": [
{ # A guest attributes namespace/key/value entry.
@@ -2123,7 +2135,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -2134,7 +2146,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -2466,7 +2478,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -2477,7 +2489,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -4588,7 +4600,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -4599,7 +4611,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
index 6f7d0a8..caa5fd5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
@@ -443,6 +443,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -471,6 +479,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index eb29979..c085fb3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -213,6 +213,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -241,6 +249,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -489,6 +501,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -517,6 +537,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -576,6 +600,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -604,6 +636,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -661,6 +697,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -689,6 +733,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -821,6 +869,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -849,6 +905,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -1030,6 +1090,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -1058,6 +1126,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -1143,6 +1215,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -1171,6 +1251,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index 5902b9c..c18e1d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -196,25 +196,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -345,9 +345,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -527,25 +527,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -619,19 +619,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -676,9 +676,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -775,25 +775,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -867,19 +867,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -924,9 +924,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -985,25 +985,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1077,19 +1077,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1134,9 +1134,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
@@ -1465,25 +1465,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@
"maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
- "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client’s Accept-Encoding header.
+ "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
},
@@ -1557,19 +1557,19 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1614,9 +1614,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
"policy": "A String",
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
index 1da5e92..bd9a6fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList_next">aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.
+ <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.
Args:
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index 6429cb9..0100fea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
"storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index e37fcc3..90d49e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"healthStatusAggregationStrategy": "A String", # This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 02a8adc..cef9820 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index ef7db5b..c350be2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
{ # Guest OS features.
"type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
},
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
},
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
index e0a4377..da1b366 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2939,7 +2939,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
index c144864..2c70740 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
@@ -132,6 +132,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -160,6 +168,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -347,6 +359,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -375,6 +395,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -412,6 +436,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -440,6 +472,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -498,6 +534,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -526,6 +570,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -658,6 +706,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -686,6 +742,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -818,6 +878,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -846,6 +914,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
@@ -932,6 +1004,14 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
"enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
"match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
"config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
@@ -960,6 +1040,10 @@
},
"preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
"priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+ },
"ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
"targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
index d541c13..fc6dcdd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4069,7 +4069,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4204,7 +4204,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4511,7 +4511,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
index 7fd4c98..0433163 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
"items": { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
"addresses": [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index b2a54f5..0b678c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -213,25 +213,25 @@
"items": { # A list of BackendServicesScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of BackendServices.
"backendServices": [ # A list of BackendServices contained in this scope.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -289,18 +289,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -345,9 +345,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
@@ -553,25 +553,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -629,18 +629,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -685,9 +685,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -756,25 +756,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -832,18 +832,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -888,9 +888,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -982,25 +982,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -1058,18 +1058,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1114,9 +1114,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
@@ -1170,25 +1170,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -1246,18 +1246,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1302,9 +1302,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1454,25 +1454,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -1530,18 +1530,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1586,9 +1586,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
index e593705..7e0a495 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{
- "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.
+ "resourcePolicies": [ # Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.
"A String",
],
}
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
index 2d74829..67f5846 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
- "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers’ gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+ "interfaces": [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
{ # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
"id": 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
"ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider's VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
index c366230..f307b81 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of addresses.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of Address resources.
- { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, read reserved IP address.
+ { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
"address": "A String", # The static IP address represented by this resource.
"addressType": "A String", # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
index 0a93488..2c48460 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
@@ -390,6 +390,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Returns the securityPolicies Resource.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html">serviceAttachments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the serviceAttachments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="compute_v1.snapshots.html">snapshots()</a></code>
</p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the snapshots Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
index 6f16430..b591be5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index 0e08cf6..0faf198 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -223,12 +223,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -561,12 +561,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -863,12 +863,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index 4d4cca0..406d62b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -426,12 +426,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -697,12 +697,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -856,12 +856,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@
},
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
@@ -1352,12 +1352,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@
{ # A guest attributes entry.
"kind": "compute#guestAttributes", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#guestAttributes for guest attributes entry.
- "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\/') or a specified key ('/\/\')
+ "queryPath": "A String", # The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\/') or a specified key ('\/\').
"queryValue": { # Array of guest attribute namespace/key/value tuples. # [Output Only] The value of the requested queried path.
"items": [
{ # A guest attributes namespace/key/value entry.
@@ -1926,12 +1926,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -2235,12 +2235,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -4023,12 +4023,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
index 0255a51..2214313 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -187,25 +187,25 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -263,18 +263,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -319,9 +319,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -392,25 +392,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -468,18 +468,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -524,9 +524,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -619,25 +619,25 @@
{ # Contains a list of BackendService resources.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of BackendService resources.
- { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ { # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -695,18 +695,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -751,9 +751,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
@@ -808,25 +808,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -884,18 +884,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -940,9 +940,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1023,25 +1023,25 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
- "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day ( 86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+{ # Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.
+ "affinityCookieTtlSec": 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"backends": [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
{ # Message containing information of one individual backend.
"balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
- "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
+ "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
- "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. - When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported. For regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service. You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
- "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing
- "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
- "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.
+ "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
+ "maxConnectionsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
"maxUtilization": 3.14,
},
],
- "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for external HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+ "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
"bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
{ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present, e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive. The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
"headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.
"maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
@@ -1099,18 +1099,18 @@
"minimumRingSize": "A String", # The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
- "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.
+ "customRequestHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
- "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.
+ "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).
"A String",
],
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
- "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.
- "failoverPolicy": { # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend.
+ "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.
+ "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
"disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
- "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.
- "failoverRatio": 3.14, # Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.
+ "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.
+ "failoverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).
},
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
"healthChecks": [ # The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
},
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
- "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
+ "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.
"localityLbPolicy": "A String", # The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. # This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service.
@@ -1155,9 +1155,9 @@
"successRateRequestVolume": 42, # The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.
"successRateStdevFactor": 42, # This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.
},
- "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.
- "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. Backend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.
- "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
+ "port": 42, # Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.
+ "portName": "A String", # A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.
+ "protocol": "A String", # The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"securityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
"securitySettings": { # The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService. # This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@
],
},
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
- "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. When the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL: * For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
index f78bf04..4a47f3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#aggregatedList_next">aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.
+ <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.
Args:
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index 85e1673..ff11b5a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"options": "A String", # Internal use only.
"physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
"A String",
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
"sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
- "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd
+ "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
"users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index fcd775f..0b3eb95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
"healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
- "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .
+ "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#healthCheckService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index d33f853..f4fb94e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+ { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Whether the instance is a standby. # Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: # | regular | standby managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no # receives traffic from LB? | yes | no Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
+{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.
"autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value.
{
"healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index 664b0ac..4720bb3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -125,12 +125,12 @@
"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
"diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
- "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard Other values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+ "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
- "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.
+ "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name.
"A String",
],
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
},
},
"minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted.
- "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder # ...# can contain up to 18 characters.
+ "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.
"perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.
"a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future.
"name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
index 95d9df3..cc7685d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3066,7 +3066,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3257,7 +3257,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
index ed2633a..0c07ed6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
@@ -282,6 +282,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
"advancedOptionsConfig": {
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
@@ -368,6 +374,12 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
"advancedOptionsConfig": {
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
@@ -483,6 +495,12 @@
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of SecurityPolicy resources.
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
"advancedOptionsConfig": {
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
@@ -599,6 +617,12 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
"advancedOptionsConfig": {
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3689a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="compute_v1.html">Compute Engine API</a> . <a href="compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html">serviceAttachments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the list of all ServiceAttachment resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#aggregatedList_next">aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(project, region, serviceAttachment, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified ServiceAttachment in the given scope</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(project, region, serviceAttachment, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the specified ServiceAttachment resource in the given scope.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#insert">insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a ServiceAttachment in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the ServiceAttachments for a project in the given scope.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(project, region, serviceAttachment, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Patches the specified ServiceAttachment resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the list of all ServiceAttachment resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Contains a list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": { # A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.
+ "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments.
+ "serviceAttachments": [ # A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.
+ { # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
+ "connectedEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
+ { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
+ "endpoint": "A String", # The url of a connected endpoint.
+ "pscConnectionId": "A String", # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
+ "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "connectionPreference": "A String", # The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.
+ "consumerAcceptLists": [ # Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.
+ {
+ "connectionLimit": 42, # The value of the limit to set.
+ "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
+ },
+ ],
+ "consumerRejectLists": [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "producerForwardingRule": "A String", # The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ "pscServiceAttachmentId": { # [Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment.
+ "high": "A String",
+ "low": "A String",
+ },
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachmentAggregatedList", # Type of resource.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="aggregatedList_next">aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(project, region, serviceAttachment, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes the specified ServiceAttachment in the given scope
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+ serviceAttachment: string, Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to delete. (required)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(project, region, serviceAttachment, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns the specified ServiceAttachment resource in the given scope.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+ serviceAttachment: string, Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to return. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
+ "connectedEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
+ { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
+ "endpoint": "A String", # The url of a connected endpoint.
+ "pscConnectionId": "A String", # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
+ "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "connectionPreference": "A String", # The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.
+ "consumerAcceptLists": [ # Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.
+ {
+ "connectionLimit": 42, # The value of the limit to set.
+ "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
+ },
+ ],
+ "consumerRejectLists": [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "producerForwardingRule": "A String", # The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ "pscServiceAttachmentId": { # [Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment.
+ "high": "A String",
+ "low": "A String",
+ },
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+ { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+ "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+ { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+ },
+ ],
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "iamOwned": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ ],
+ "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="insert">insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a ServiceAttachment in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
+ "connectedEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
+ { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
+ "endpoint": "A String", # The url of a connected endpoint.
+ "pscConnectionId": "A String", # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
+ "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "connectionPreference": "A String", # The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.
+ "consumerAcceptLists": [ # Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.
+ {
+ "connectionLimit": 42, # The value of the limit to set.
+ "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
+ },
+ ],
+ "consumerRejectLists": [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "producerForwardingRule": "A String", # The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ "pscServiceAttachmentId": { # [Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment.
+ "high": "A String",
+ "low": "A String",
+ },
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists the ServiceAttachments for a project in the given scope.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": [ # A list of ServiceAttachment resources.
+ { # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
+ "connectedEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
+ { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
+ "endpoint": "A String", # The url of a connected endpoint.
+ "pscConnectionId": "A String", # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
+ "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "connectionPreference": "A String", # The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.
+ "consumerAcceptLists": [ # Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.
+ {
+ "connectionLimit": 42, # The value of the limit to set.
+ "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
+ },
+ ],
+ "consumerRejectLists": [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "producerForwardingRule": "A String", # The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ "pscServiceAttachmentId": { # [Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment.
+ "high": "A String",
+ "low": "A String",
+ },
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachmentList", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(project, region, serviceAttachment, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Patches the specified ServiceAttachment resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The region scoping this request and should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ serviceAttachment: string, The resource id of the ServiceAttachment to patch. It should conform to RFC1035 resource name or be a string form on an unsigned long number. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
+ "connectedEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
+ { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
+ "endpoint": "A String", # The url of a connected endpoint.
+ "pscConnectionId": "A String", # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
+ "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "connectionPreference": "A String", # The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.
+ "consumerAcceptLists": [ # Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.
+ {
+ "connectionLimit": 42, # The value of the limit to set.
+ "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
+ },
+ ],
+ "consumerRejectLists": [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#serviceAttachment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "producerForwardingRule": "A String", # The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+ "pscServiceAttachmentId": { # [Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment.
+ "high": "A String",
+ "low": "A String",
+ },
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+ "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+ { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+ "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+ { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+ },
+ ],
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "iamOwned": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ ],
+ "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+ { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+ "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+ { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+ },
+ ],
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "iamOwned": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ ],
+ "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
index 7c727cc..da8f57a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3144,7 +3144,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3333,7 +3333,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3468,7 +3468,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3761,7 +3761,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -3951,7 +3951,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4212,7 +4212,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -4379,7 +4379,7 @@
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index a026487..ef9c060 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -419,6 +419,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -988,6 +989,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -1460,6 +1462,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -2642,6 +2645,9 @@
"desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig": { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
"enabled": True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
},
+ "desiredL4ilbSubsettingConfig": { # ILBSubsettingConfig contains the desired config of L4 Internal LoadBalancer subsetting on this cluster. # The desired L4 Internal Load Balancer Subsetting configuration.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Enables l4 ILB subsetting for this cluster.
+ },
"desiredLocations": [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster's primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 1fc01a5..d42d6d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -520,6 +520,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -1089,6 +1090,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -1605,6 +1607,7 @@
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
+ "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
@@ -2703,6 +2706,9 @@
"desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig": { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
"enabled": True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
},
+ "desiredL4ilbSubsettingConfig": { # ILBSubsettingConfig contains the desired config of L4 Internal LoadBalancer subsetting on this cluster. # The desired L4 Internal Load Balancer Subsetting configuration.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Enables l4 ILB subsetting for this cluster.
+ },
"desiredLocations": [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster's nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster's primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 698e9d5..1a07e5d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -442,6 +442,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
@@ -1067,6 +1070,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
@@ -1595,6 +1601,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index ed264d0..aae3d65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -550,6 +550,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
@@ -1175,6 +1178,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
@@ -1747,6 +1753,9 @@
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
"privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4)
+ "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.
+ },
"subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet
},
"networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
index 85ee63c..fc32abe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
@@ -257,9 +257,9 @@
],
"linkRequest": { # Details about the `link` request.
"action": "A String", # Action to perform for this link. The `"request"` action is only available to select merchants. Acceptable values are: - "`approve`" - "`remove`" - "`request`"
- "linkType": "A String", # Type of the link between the two accounts. Acceptable values are: - "`channelPartner`" - "`eCommercePlatform`"
+ "linkType": "A String", # Type of the link between the two accounts. Acceptable values are: - "`channelPartner`" - "`eCommercePlatform`" - "`paymentServiceProvider`"
"linkedAccountId": "A String", # The ID of the linked account.
- "services": [ # Provided services. Acceptable values are: - "`shoppingAdsProductManagement`" - "`shoppingActionsProductManagement`" - "`shoppingActionsOrderManagement`"
+ "services": [ # Provided services. Acceptable values are: - "`shoppingAdsProductManagement`" - "`shoppingActionsProductManagement`" - "`shoppingActionsOrderManagement`" - "`paymentProcessing`"
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.catalog.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.catalog.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70d5f55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.catalog.html
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.catalog.html">catalog</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#search">search(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Searches Data Catalog for multiple resources like entries and tags that match a query. This is a [Custom Method] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/custom_methods) that doesn't return all information on a resource, only its ID and high level fields. To get more information, you can subsequently call specific get methods. Note: Data Catalog search queries don't guarantee full recall. Results that match your query might not be returned, even in subsequent result pages. Additionally, returned (and not returned) results can vary if you repeat search queries. For more information, see [Data Catalog search syntax] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/search-reference).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="search">search(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Searches Data Catalog for multiple resources like entries and tags that match a query. This is a [Custom Method] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/custom_methods) that doesn't return all information on a resource, only its ID and high level fields. To get more information, you can subsequently call specific get methods. Note: Data Catalog search queries don't guarantee full recall. Results that match your query might not be returned, even in subsequent result pages. Additionally, returned (and not returned) results can vary if you repeat search queries. For more information, see [Data Catalog search syntax] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/search-reference).
+
+Args:
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchCatalog.
+ "orderBy": "A String", # Specifies the order of results. Currently supported case-sensitive values are: * `relevance` that can only be descending * `last_modified_timestamp [asc|desc]` with descending (`desc`) as default If this parameter is omitted, it defaults to the descending `relevance`.
+ "pageSize": 42, # Number of results to return in a single search page. Can't be negative or 0, defaults to 10 in this case. The maximum number is 1000. If exceeded, throws an "invalid argument" exception.
+ "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. Pagination token that, if specified, returns the next page of search results. If empty, returns the first page. This token is returned in the SearchCatalogResponse.next_page_token field of the response to a previous SearchCatalogRequest call.
+ "query": "A String", # Optional. The query string with a minimum of 3 characters and specific syntax. For more information, see [Data Catalog search syntax](/data-catalog/docs/how-to/search-reference). An empty query string returns all data assets (in the specified scope) that you have access to. A query string can be a simple `xyz` or qualified by predicates: * `name:x` * `column:y` * `description:z`
+ "scope": { # The criteria that select the subspace used for query matching. # Required. The scope of this search request. The `scope` is invalid if `include_org_ids`, `include_project_ids` are empty AND `include_gcp_public_datasets` is set to `false`. In this case, the request returns an error.
+ "includeGcpPublicDatasets": True or False, # If `true`, include Google Cloud Platform (GCP) public datasets in search results. By default, they are excluded. See [Google Cloud Public Datasets](/public-datasets) for more information.
+ "includeOrgIds": [ # The list of organization IDs to search within. To find your organization ID, follow the steps from [Creating and managing organizations] (/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includeProjectIds": [ # The list of project IDs to search within. For more information on the distinction between project names, IDs, and numbers, see [Projects](/docs/overview/#projects).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "restrictedLocations": [ # Optional. The list of locations to search within. If empty, all locations are searched. Returns an error if any location in the list isn't one of the [Supported regions](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/regions#supported_regions). If a location is unreachable, its name is returned in the `SearchCatalogResponse.unreachable` field. To get additional information on the error, repeat the search request and set the location name as the value of this parameter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for SearchCatalog.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token that can be used in subsequent calls to retrieve the next page of results.
+ "results": [ # Search results.
+ { # Result in the response to a search request. Each result captures details of one entry that matches the search.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:PROJECT_ID.LOCATION_ID.INSTANCE_ID.DATABASE_ID.TABLE_ID`
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. The source system that Data Catalog automatically integrates with, such as BigQuery, Cloud Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The full name of the Google Cloud resource the entry belongs to. For more information, see [Full Resource Name] (/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). Example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID`
+ "modifyTime": "A String", # The last modification timestamp of the entry in the source system.
+ "relativeResourceName": "A String", # The relative name of the resource in URL format. Examples: * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION_ID}/entryGroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}`
+ "searchResultSubtype": "A String", # Sub-type of the search result. A dot-delimited full type of the resource. The same type you specify in the `type` search predicate. Examples: `entry.table`, `entry.dataStream`, `tagTemplate`.
+ "searchResultType": "A String", # Type of the search result. You can use this field to determine which get method to call to fetch the full resource.
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Custom source system that you can manually integrate Data Catalog with.
+ },
+ ],
+ "unreachable": [ # Unreachable locations. Search results don't include data from those locations. To get additional information on an error, repeat the search request and restrict it to specific locations by setting the `SearchCatalogRequest.scope.restricted_locations` parameter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="search_next">search_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faf015c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.entries.html">entries</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#lookup">lookup(fullyQualifiedName=None, linkedResource=None, sqlResource=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an entry by its target resource name. The resource name comes from the source Google Cloud Platform service.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="lookup">lookup(fullyQualifiedName=None, linkedResource=None, sqlResource=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets an entry by its target resource name. The resource name comes from the source Google Cloud Platform service.
+
+Args:
+ fullyQualifiedName: string, Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ linkedResource: string, The full name of the Google Cloud Platform resource the Data Catalog entry represents. For more information, see [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). Full names are case-sensitive. For example: * `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` * `//pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/topics/{TOPIC_ID}`
+ sqlResource: string, The SQL name of the entry. SQL names are case-sensitive. Examples: * `pubsub.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC_ID}` * `pubsub.{PROJECT_ID}.{TOPIC.ID.SEPARATED.WITH.DOTS}` * `bigquery.table.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}.{TABLE_ID}` * `bigquery.dataset.{PROJECT_ID}.{DATASET_ID}` * `datacatalog.entry.{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}.{ENTRY_ID}` Identifiers (`*_ID`) should comply with the [Lexical structure in Standard SQL] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/lexical).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7107b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.catalog.html">catalog()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the catalog Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.entries.html">entries()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the entries Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+ <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+ Args:
+ callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+ form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+ request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+ third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+ error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+ occurred.
+
+ Returns:
+ A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd25590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the locations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f7915d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
@@ -0,0 +1,872 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html">entryGroups</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html">entries</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html">tags()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the tags Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, entryId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entry. You can create entries only with 'FILESET', 'CLUSTER', 'DATA_STREAM', or custom types. Data Catalog automatically creates entries with other types during metadata ingestion from integrated systems. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project). An entry group can have a maximum of 100,000 entries.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an existing entry. You can delete only the entries created by the CreateEntry method. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an entry.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists entries.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing entry. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, entryId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates an entry. You can create entries only with 'FILESET', 'CLUSTER', 'DATA_STREAM', or custom types. Data Catalog automatically creates entries with other types during metadata ingestion from integrated systems. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project). An entry group can have a maximum of 100,000 entries.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the entry group this entry belongs to. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}
+
+ entryId: string, Required. The ID of the entry to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and underscores (_). The maximum size is 64 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes an existing entry. You can delete only the entries created by the CreateEntry method. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the entry to delete. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets an entry.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the entry to get. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
+ "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
+ "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists entries.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the entry group that contains the entries to list. Can be provided in URL format. (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return. Default is 10. Maximum limit is 1000. Throws an invalid argument if `page_size` is more than 1000.
+ pageToken: string, Pagination token that specifies the next page to return. If empty, the first page is returned.
+ readMask: string, The fields to return for each entry. If empty or omitted, all fields are returned. For example, to return a list of entries with only the `name` field, set `read_mask` to only one path with the `name` value.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListEntries.
+ "entries": [ # Entry details.
+ { # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token of the next results page. Empty if there are no more items in results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates an existing entry. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on an entry. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied. You can modify only the fields listed below. For entries with type `DATA_STREAM`: * `schema` For entries with type `FILESET`: * `schema` * `display_name` * `description` * `gcs_fileset_spec` * `gcs_fileset_spec.file_patterns` For entries with `user_specified_type`: * `schema` * `display_name` * `description` * `user_specified_type` * `user_specified_system` * `linked_resource` * `source_system_timestamps`
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry metadata. A Data Catalog entry represents another resource in Google Cloud Platform (such as a BigQuery dataset or a Pub/Sub topic) or outside of it. You can use the `linked_resource` field in the entry resource to refer to the original resource ID of the source system. An entry resource contains resource details, for example, its schema. Additionally, you can attach flexible metadata to an entry in the form of a Tag.
+ "bigqueryDateShardedSpec": { # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding). # Specification for a group of BigQuery tables with the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern. For more information, see [Introduction to partitioned tables] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables#partitioning_versus_sharding).
+ "dataset": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the dataset entry the current table belongs to. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`.
+ "shardCount": "A String", # Output only. Total number of shards.
+ "tablePrefix": "A String", # Output only. The table name prefix of the shards. The name of any given shard is `[table_prefix]YYYYMMDD`. For example, for the `MyTable20180101` shard, the `table_prefix` is `MyTable`.
+ },
+ "bigqueryTableSpec": { # Describes a BigQuery table. # Specification that applies to a BigQuery table. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "tableSourceType": "A String", # Output only. The table source type.
+ "tableSpec": { # Normal BigQuery table specification. # Specification of a BigQuery table. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_TABLE`.
+ "groupedEntry": "A String", # Output only. If the table is date-sharded, that is, it matches the `[prefix]YYYYMMDD` name pattern, this field is the Data Catalog resource name of the date-sharded grouped entry. For example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/entrygroups/{ENTRY_GROUP_ID}/entries/{ENTRY_ID}`. Otherwise, `grouped_entry` is empty.
+ },
+ "viewSpec": { # Table view specification. # Table view specification. Populated only if the `table_source_type` is `BIGQUERY_VIEW`.
+ "viewQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query that defines the table view.
+ },
+ },
+ "dataSource": { # Physical location of an entry. # Output only. Physical location of the entry.
+ "resource": "A String", # Full name of a resource as defined by the service. For example: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}`
+ "service": "A String", # Service that physically stores the data.
+ },
+ "databaseTableSpec": { # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type. # Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` type.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of this table.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.
+ "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name (FQN) of the resource. Set automatically for entries representing resources from synced systems. Settable only during creation and read-only afterwards. Can be used for search and lookup of the entries. FQNs take two forms: * For non-regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` * For regionalized resources: `{SYSTEM}:{PROJECT}.{LOCATION_ID}.{PATH_TO_RESOURCE_SEPARATED_WITH_DOTS}` Example for a DPMS table: `dataproc_metastore:{PROJECT_ID}.{LOCATION_ID}.{INSTANCE_ID}.{DATABASE_ID}.{TABLE_ID}`
+ "gcsFilesetSpec": { # Describes a Cloud Storage fileset entry. # Specification that applies to a Cloud Storage fileset. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type.
+ "filePatterns": [ # Required. Patterns to identify a set of files in Google Cloud Storage. For more information, see [Wildcard Names] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames). Note: Currently, bucket wildcards are not supported. Examples of valid `file_patterns`: * `gs://bucket_name/dir/*`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` directory * `gs://bucket_name/dir/**`: matches all files in `bucket_name/dir` and all subdirectories * `gs://bucket_name/file*`: matches files prefixed by `file` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/??.txt`: matches files with two characters followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[aeiou].txt`: matches files that contain a single vowel character followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/[a-m].txt`: matches files that contain `a`, `b`, ... or `m` followed by `.txt` in `bucket_name` * `gs://bucket_name/a/*/b`: matches all files in `bucket_name` that match the `a/*/b` pattern, such as `a/c/b`, `a/d/b` * `gs://another_bucket/a.txt`: matches `gs://another_bucket/a.txt` You can combine wildcards to match complex sets of files, for example: `gs://bucket_name/[a-m]??.j*g`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "sampleGcsFileSpecs": [ # Output only. Sample files contained in this fileset, not all files contained in this fileset are represented here.
+ { # Specification of a single file in Cloud Storage.
+ "filePath": "A String", # Required. Full file path. Example: `gs://bucket_name/a/b.txt`.
+ "gcsTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation, modification, and expiration timestamps of a Cloud Storage file.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. File size in bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery, Pub/Sub, or Dataproc Metastore.
+ "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [Full Resource Name] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: `//bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/datasets/{DATASET_ID}/tables/{TABLE_ID}` Output only when the entry is one of the types in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with a `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. The resource string must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), periods (.), colons (:), slashes (/), dashes (-), and hashes (#). The maximum size is 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "routineSpec": { # Specification that applies to a routine. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type. # Specification that applies to a user-defined function or procedure. Valid only for entries with the `ROUTINE` type.
+ "bigqueryRoutineSpec": { # Fields specific for BigQuery routines. # Fields specific for BigQuery routines.
+ "importedLibraries": [ # Paths of the imported libraries.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "definitionBody": "A String", # The body of the routine.
+ "language": "A String", # The language the routine is written in. The exact value depends on the source system. For BigQuery routines, possible values are: * `SQL` * `JAVASCRIPT`
+ "returnType": "A String", # Return type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ "routineArguments": [ # Arguments of the routine.
+ { # Input or output argument of a function or stored procedure.
+ "mode": "A String", # Specifies whether the argument is input or output.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the argument. A return argument of a function might not have a name.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of the argument. The exact value depends on the source system and the language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "routineType": "A String", # The type of the routine.
+ },
+ "schema": { # Represents a schema, for example, a BigQuery, GoogleSQL, or Avro schema. # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it.
+ "columns": [ # The unified GoogleSQL-like schema of columns. The overall maximum number of columns and nested columns is 10,000. The maximum nested depth is 15 levels.
+ { # A column within a schema. Columns can be nested inside other columns.
+ "column": "A String", # Required. Name of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string without dots (.). The maximum size is 64 bytes.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the column. Default value is an empty string. The description must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 2000 bytes.
+ "mode": "A String", # Optional. A column's mode indicates whether values in this column are required, nullable, or repeated. Only `NULLABLE`, `REQUIRED`, and `REPEATED` values are supported. Default mode is `NULLABLE`.
+ "subcolumns": [ # Optional. Schema of sub-columns. A column can have zero or more sub-columns.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ColumnSchema
+ ],
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the column. Must be a UTF-8 string with the maximum size of 128 bytes.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "sourceSystemTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Timestamps from the underlying resource, not from the Data Catalog entry. Output only when the entry has a type listed in the `EntryType` enum. For entries with `user_specified_type`, this field is optional and defaults to an empty timestamp.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the entry. Only used for entries with types listed in the `EntryType` enum. Currently, only `FILESET` enum value is allowed. All other entries created in Data Catalog must use the `user_specified_type`.
+ "usageSignal": { # The set of all usage signals that Data Catalog stores. Note: Usually, these signals are updated daily. In rare cases, an update may fail but will be performed again on the next day. # Output only. Resource usage statistics.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of the duration of usage statistics.
+ "usageWithinTimeRange": { # Usage statistics over each of the predefined time ranges. Supported time ranges are `{"24H", "7D", "30D"}`.
+ "a_key": { # Detailed statistics on the entry's usage. Usage statistics have the following limitations: - Only BigQuery tables have them. - They only include BigQuery query jobs. - They might be underestimated because wildcard table references are not yet counted. For more information, see [Querying multiple tables using a wildcard table] (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-wildcard-tables)
+ "totalCancellations": 3.14, # The number of cancelled attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ "totalCompletions": 3.14, # The number of successful uses of the underlying entry.
+ "totalExecutionTimeForCompletionsMillis": 3.14, # Total time spent only on successful uses, in milliseconds.
+ "totalFailures": 3.14, # The number of failed attempts to use the underlying entry.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "userSpecifiedSystem": "A String", # Indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog doesn't automatically integrate with. The `user_specified_system` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+ "userSpecifiedType": "A String", # Custom entry type that doesn't match any of the values allowed for input and listed in the `EntryType` enum. When creating an entry, first check the type values in the enum. If there are no appropriate types for the new entry, provide a custom value, for example, `my_special_type`. The `user_specified_type` string has the following limitations: * Is case insensitive. * Must begin with a letter or underscore. * Can only contain letters, numbers, and underscores. * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac40227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html">entryGroups</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html">entries</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html">tags</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a tag and assigns it to: * An Entry if the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.create``. * Or EntryGroupif the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.create``. Note: The project identified by the `parent` parameter for the [tag] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags/create#path-parameters) and the [tag template] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.tagTemplates/create#path-parameters) used to create the tag must be in the same organization.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a tag.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists tags assigned to an Entry.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing tag.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a tag and assigns it to: * An Entry if the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.create``. * Or EntryGroupif the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.create``. Note: The project identified by the `parent` parameter for the [tag] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags/create#path-parameters) and the [tag template] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.tagTemplates/create#path-parameters) used to create the tag must be in the same organization.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to attach this tag to. Tags can be attached to entries or entry groups. An entry can have up to 1000 attached tags. Note: The tag and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag to delete. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists tags assigned to an Entry.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the Data Catalog resource to list the tags of. The resource can be an Entry or an EntryGroup (without `/entries/{entries}` at the end). (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tags to return. Default is 10. Maximum limit is 1000.
+ pageToken: string, Pagination token that specifies the next page to return. If empty, the first page is returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListTags.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token of the next results page. Empty if there are no more items in results.
+ "tags": [ # Tag details.
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates an existing tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on a tag. Currently, a tag has the only modifiable field with the name `fields`. In general, if this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86961e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html">entryGroups</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html">entries()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the entries Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html">tags()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the tags Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, entryGroupId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entry group. An entry group contains logically related entries together with [Cloud Identity and Access Management](/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) policies. These policies specify users who can create, edit, and view entries within entry groups. Data Catalog automatically creates entry groups with names that start with the `@` symbol for the following resources: * BigQuery entries (`@bigquery`) * Pub/Sub topics (`@pubsub`) * Dataproc Metastore services (`@dataproc_metastore_{SERVICE_NAME_HASH}`) You can create your own entry groups for Cloud Storage fileset entries and custom entries together with the corresponding IAM policies. User-created entry groups can't contain the `@` symbol, it is reserved for automatically created groups. Entry groups, like entries, can be searched. A maximum of 10,000 entry groups may be created per organization across all locations. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an entry group. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an entry group.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an entry group. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry_group.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets an access control policy for a resource. Replaces any existing policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method sets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to manage policies in BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources synced with the Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.setIamPolicy` to set policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.setIamPolicy` to set policies on entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, entryGroupId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates an entry group. An entry group contains logically related entries together with [Cloud Identity and Access Management](/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) policies. These policies specify users who can create, edit, and view entries within entry groups. Data Catalog automatically creates entry groups with names that start with the `@` symbol for the following resources: * BigQuery entries (`@bigquery`) * Pub/Sub topics (`@pubsub`) * Dataproc Metastore services (`@dataproc_metastore_{SERVICE_NAME_HASH}`) You can create your own entry groups for Cloud Storage fileset entries and custom entries together with the corresponding IAM policies. User-created entry groups can't contain the `@` symbol, it is reserved for automatically created groups. Entry groups, like entries, can be searched. A maximum of 10,000 entry groups may be created per organization across all locations. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The names of the project and location that the new entry group belongs to. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}
+
+ entryGroupId: string, Required. The ID of the entry group to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum size is 64 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes an entry group. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the entry group to delete. (required)
+ force: boolean, Optional. If true, deletes all entries in the entry group.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets an entry group.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the entry group to get. (required)
+ readMask: string, The fields to return. If empty or omitted, all fields are returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
+ "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
+ "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the location that contains the entry groups to list. Can be provided as a URL. (required)
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. Default is 10. Maximum limit is 1000. Throws an invalid argument if `page_size` is greater than 1000.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token that specifies the next page to return. If empty, returns the first page.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListEntryGroups.
+ "entryGroups": [ # Entry group details.
+ { # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token to specify in the next call to retrieve the next page of results. Empty if there are no more items.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates an entry group. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry_group.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on an entry group. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Entry group metadata. An `EntryGroup` resource represents a logical grouping of zero or more Data Catalog Entry resources.
+ "dataCatalogTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Timestamps of the entry group. Default value is empty.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets an access control policy for a resource. Replaces any existing policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method sets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to manage policies in BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources synced with the Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.setIamPolicy` to set policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.setIamPolicy` to set policies on entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb3a710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html">entryGroups</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html">tags</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a tag and assigns it to: * An Entry if the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.create``. * Or EntryGroupif the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.create``. Note: The project identified by the `parent` parameter for the [tag] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags/create#path-parameters) and the [tag template] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.tagTemplates/create#path-parameters) used to create the tag must be in the same organization.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a tag.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists tags assigned to an Entry.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing tag.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a tag and assigns it to: * An Entry if the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.create``. * Or EntryGroupif the method name is ``projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.create``. Note: The project identified by the `parent` parameter for the [tag] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags/create#path-parameters) and the [tag template] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.tagTemplates/create#path-parameters) used to create the tag must be in the same organization.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to attach this tag to. Tags can be attached to entries or entry groups. An entry can have up to 1000 attached tags. Note: The tag and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag to delete. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists tags assigned to an Entry.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the Data Catalog resource to list the tags of. The resource can be an Entry or an EntryGroup (without `/entries/{entries}` at the end). (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tags to return. Default is 10. Maximum limit is 1000.
+ pageToken: string, Pagination token that specifies the next page to return. If empty, the first page is returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListTags.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token of the next results page. Empty if there are no more items in results.
+ "tags": [ # Tag details.
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates an existing tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on a tag. Currently, a tag has the only modifiable field with the name `fields`. In general, if this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Tags contain custom metadata and are attached to Data Catalog resources. Tags conform with the specification of their tag template. See [Data Catalog IAM](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/iam) for information on the permissions needed to create or view tags.
+ "column": "A String", # Resources like entry can have schemas associated with them. This scope allows you to attach tags to an individual column based on that schema. To attach a tag to a nested column, separate column names with a dot (`.`). Example: `column.nested_column`.
+ "fields": { # Required. Maps the ID of a tag field to its value and additional information about that field. Tag template defines valid field IDs. A tag must have at least 1 field and at most 500 fields.
+ "a_key": { # Contains the value and additional information on a field within a Tag.
+ "boolValue": True or False, # The value of a tag field with a boolean type.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this field.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # The value of a tag field with a double type.
+ "enumValue": { # An enum value. # The value of a tag field with an enum type. This value must be one of the allowed values listed in this enum.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the enum value.
+ },
+ "order": 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+ "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation.
+ "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18b98dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html">entryGroups()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the entryGroups Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html">tagTemplates()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the tagTemplates Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html">taxonomies()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the taxonomies Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6847053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html">tagTemplates</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html">fields</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html">enumValues</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#rename">rename(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Renames an enum value in a tag template. Within a single enum field, enum values must be unique.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="rename">rename(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Renames an enum value in a tag template. Within a single enum field, enum values must be unique.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the enum field value. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue.
+ "newEnumValueDisplayName": "A String", # Required. The new display name of the enum value. For example, `my_new_enum_value`.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aa4e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html">tagTemplates</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html">fields</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html">enumValues()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the enumValues Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, tagTemplateFieldId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a field in a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a field in a tag template and all uses of this field from the tags based on this template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a field in a tag template. You can't update the field type with this method. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#rename">rename(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Renames a field in a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, tagTemplateFieldId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a field in a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the project and the template location [region](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/regions). (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}
+
+ tagTemplateFieldId: string, Required. The ID of the tag template field to create. Note: Adding a required field to an existing template is *not* allowed. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9), underscores (_) and dashes (-). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 128 characters long. Field IDs must also be unique within their template.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a field in a tag template and all uses of this field from the tags based on this template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag template field to delete. (required)
+ force: boolean, Required. If true, deletes this field from any tags that use it. Currently, `true` is the only supported value.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a field in a tag template. You can't update the field type with this method. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag template field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Optional. Names of fields whose values to overwrite on an individual field of a tag template. The following fields are modifiable: * `display_name` * `type.enum_type` * `is_required` If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied with one exception: when updating an enum type, the provided values are merged with the existing values. Therefore, enum values can only be added, existing enum values cannot be deleted or renamed. Additionally, updating a template field from optional to required is *not* allowed.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="rename">rename(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Renames a field in a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag template. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for RenameTagTemplateField.
+ "newTagTemplateFieldId": "A String", # Required. The new ID of this tag template field. For example, `my_new_field`.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46865c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html">tagTemplates</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html">fields()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the fields Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, tagTemplateId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a tag template and all tags that use it. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a tag template.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a tag template. You can't update template fields with this method. These fields are separate resources with their own create, update, and delete methods. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `tag_template.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets an access control policy for a resource. Replaces any existing policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method sets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to manage policies in BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources synced with the Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.setIamPolicy` to set policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.setIamPolicy` to set policies on entry groups.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, tagTemplateId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a tag template. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `parent` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the project and the template location [region](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/regions). (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to GCP resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore.
+ "a_key": { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}
+
+ tagTemplateId: string, Required. The ID of the tag template to create. The ID must contain only lowercase letters (a-z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum size is 64 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to GCP resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore.
+ "a_key": { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a tag template and all tags that use it. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag template to delete. (required)
+ force: boolean, Required. If true, deletes all tags that use this template. Currently, `true` is the only supported value.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets a tag template.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the tag template to get. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to GCP resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore.
+ "a_key": { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. May return: * A`NOT_FOUND` error if the resource doesn't exist or you don't have the permission to view it. * An empty policy if the resource exists but doesn't have a set policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method doesn't get policies from Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.getIamPolicy` to get policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.getIamPolicy` to get policies on entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
+ "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
+ "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a tag template. You can't update template fields with this method. These fields are separate resources with their own create, update, and delete methods. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `tag_template.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to GCP resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore.
+ "a_key": { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on a tag template. Currently, only `display_name` can be overwritten. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to GCP resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore.
+ "a_key": { # The template for an individual field within a tag template.
+ "description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.
+ "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential.
+ "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain.
+ "enumType": { # An enum type.
+ "allowedValues": [ # The set of allowed values for this enum. This set must not be empty and can include up to 100 allowed values. The display names of the values in this set must not be empty and must be case-insensitively unique within this set. The order of items in this set is preserved. This field can be used to create, remove, and reorder enum values. To rename enum values, use the `RenameTagTemplateFieldEnumValue` method.
+ {
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the enum value. Must not be an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "primitiveType": "A String", # Primitive types, such as string, boolean, etc.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets an access control policy for a resource. Replaces any existing policy. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method sets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to manage policies in BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources synced with the Data Catalog. To call this method, you must have the following Google IAM permissions: - `datacatalog.tagTemplates.setIamPolicy` to set policies on tag templates. - `datacatalog.entryGroups.setIamPolicy` to set policies on entry groups.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets your permissions on a resource. Returns an empty set of permissions if the resource doesn't exist. Supported resources are: - Tag templates - Entry groups Note: This method gets policies only within Data Catalog and can't be used to get policies from BigQuery, Pub/Sub, Dataproc Metastore, and any external Google Cloud Platform resources ingested into Data Catalog. No Google IAM permissions are required to call this method.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..991e11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html">taxonomies</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html">policyTags()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the policyTags Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a taxonomy in a specified project. The taxonomy is initially empty, that is, it doesn't contain policy tags.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a taxonomy, including all policy tags in this taxonomy, their associated policies, and the policy tags references from BigQuery columns.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#export">export(parent, serializedTaxonomies=None, taxonomies=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports taxonomies in the requested type and returns them, including their policy tags. The requested taxonomies must belong to the same project. This method generates `SerializedTaxonomy` protocol buffers with nested policy tags that can be used as input for `ImportTaxonomies` calls.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates new taxonomies (including their policy tags) in a given project by importing from inlined or cross-regional sources. For a cross-regional source, new taxonomies are created by copying from a source in another region. For an inlined source, taxonomies and policy tags are created in bulk using nested protocol buffer structures.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all taxonomies in a project in a particular location that you have a permission to view.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a taxonomy, including its display name, description, and activated policy types.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#replace">replace(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Replaces (updates) a taxonomy and all its policy tags. The taxonomy and its entire hierarchy of policy tags must be represented literally by `SerializedTaxonomy` and the nested `SerializedPolicyTag` messages. This operation automatically does the following: - Deletes the existing policy tags that are missing from the `SerializedPolicyTag`. - Creates policy tags that don't have resource names. They are considered new. - Updates policy tags with valid resources names accordingly.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns your permissions on a specified policy tag or taxonomy.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a taxonomy in a specified project. The taxonomy is initially empty, that is, it doesn't contain policy tags.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of the project that the taxonomy will belong to. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a taxonomy, including all policy tags in this taxonomy, their associated policies, and the policy tags references from BigQuery columns.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Resource name of the taxonomy to delete. Note: All policy tags in this taxonomy are also deleted. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="export">export(parent, serializedTaxonomies=None, taxonomies=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Exports taxonomies in the requested type and returns them, including their policy tags. The requested taxonomies must belong to the same project. This method generates `SerializedTaxonomy` protocol buffers with nested policy tags that can be used as input for `ImportTaxonomies` calls.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of the project that the exported taxonomies belong to. (required)
+ serializedTaxonomies: boolean, Serialized export taxonomies that contain all the policy tags as nested protocol buffers.
+ taxonomies: string, Required. Resource names of the taxonomies to export. (repeated)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ExportTaxonomies.
+ "taxonomies": [ # List of taxonomies and policy tags as nested protocol buffers.
+ { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a taxonomy and the hierarchy of its policy tags. Used for taxonomy replacement, import, and export.
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # A list of policy types that are activated per taxonomy.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized taxonomy. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the taxonomy. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTags": [ # Top level policy tags associated with the taxonomy, if any.
+ { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a policy tag and all its descendants.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Children of the policy tag, if any.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1SerializedPolicyTag
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized policy tag. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the policy tag. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTag": "A String", # Resource name of the policy tag. This field is ignored when calling `ImportTaxonomies`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Resource name of the taxonomy to get. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
+ "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
+ "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates new taxonomies (including their policy tags) in a given project by importing from inlined or cross-regional sources. For a cross-regional source, new taxonomies are created by copying from a source in another region. For an inlined source, taxonomies and policy tags are created in bulk using nested protocol buffer structures.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of project that the imported taxonomies will belong to. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ImportTaxonomies.
+ "crossRegionalSource": { # Cross-regional source used to import an existing taxonomy into a different region. # Cross-regional source taxonomy to import.
+ "taxonomy": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source taxonomy to import.
+ },
+ "inlineSource": { # Inline source containing taxonomies to import. # Inline source taxonomy to import.
+ "taxonomies": [ # Required. Taxonomies to import.
+ { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a taxonomy and the hierarchy of its policy tags. Used for taxonomy replacement, import, and export.
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # A list of policy types that are activated per taxonomy.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized taxonomy. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the taxonomy. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTags": [ # Top level policy tags associated with the taxonomy, if any.
+ { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a policy tag and all its descendants.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Children of the policy tag, if any.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1SerializedPolicyTag
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized policy tag. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the policy tag. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTag": "A String", # Resource name of the policy tag. This field is ignored when calling `ImportTaxonomies`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ImportTaxonomies.
+ "taxonomies": [ # Imported taxonomies.
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists all taxonomies in a project in a particular location that you have a permission to view.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of the project to list the taxonomies of. (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return. Must be a value between 1 and 1000 inclusively. If not set, defaults to 50.
+ pageToken: string, The pagination token of the next results page. If not set, the first page is returned. The token is returned in the response to a previous list request.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListTaxonomies.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token of the next results page. Empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "taxonomies": [ # Taxonomies that the project contains.
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a taxonomy, including its display name, description, and activated policy types.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Specifies fields to update. If not set, defaults to all fields you can update. For more information, see [FieldMask] (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="replace">replace(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Replaces (updates) a taxonomy and all its policy tags. The taxonomy and its entire hierarchy of policy tags must be represented literally by `SerializedTaxonomy` and the nested `SerializedPolicyTag` messages. This operation automatically does the following: - Deletes the existing policy tags that are missing from the `SerializedPolicyTag`. - Creates policy tags that don't have resource names. They are considered new. - Updates policy tags with valid resources names accordingly.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Resource name of the taxonomy to update. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ReplaceTaxonomy.
+ "serializedTaxonomy": { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a taxonomy and the hierarchy of its policy tags. Used for taxonomy replacement, import, and export. # Required. Taxonomy to update along with its child policy tags.
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # A list of policy types that are activated per taxonomy.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized taxonomy. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the taxonomy. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTags": [ # Top level policy tags associated with the taxonomy, if any.
+ { # A nested protocol buffer that represents a policy tag and all its descendants.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Children of the policy tag, if any.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1SerializedPolicyTag
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the serialized policy tag. At most 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. If not set, defaults to an empty description.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the policy tag. At most 200 bytes when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "policyTag": "A String", # Resource name of the policy tag. This field is ignored when calling `ImportTaxonomies`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A taxonomy is a collection of hierarchical policy tags that classify data along a common axis. For example, a "data sensitivity" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + PII + Account number + Age + SSN + Zipcode + Financials + Revenue ``` A "data origin" taxonomy might contain the following policy tags: ``` + User data + Employee data + Partner data + Public data ```
+ "activatedPolicyTypes": [ # Optional. A list of policy types that are activated for this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to an empty list.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of this taxonomy. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns, and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this taxonomy. The name can't start or end with spaces, must contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this taxonomy in URL format. Note: Policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs.
+ "policyTagCount": 42, # Output only. Number of policy tags in this taxonomy.
+ "taxonomyTimestamps": { # Timestamps associated with this resource in a particular system. # Output only. Creation and modification timestamps of this taxonomy.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Creation timestamp of the resource within the given system.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Expiration timestamp of the resource within the given system. Currently only applicable to BigQuery resources.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of the last modification of the resource or its metadata within a given system. Note: Depending on the source system, not every modification updates this timestamp. For example, BigQuery timestamps every metadata modification but not data or permission changes.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns your permissions on a specified policy tag or taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e3a3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="datacatalog_v1.html">Google Cloud Data Catalog API</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html">taxonomies</a> . <a href="datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html">policyTags</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a policy tag in a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a policy tag together with the following: * All of its descendant policy tags, if any * Policies associated with the policy tag and its descendants * References from BigQuery table schema of the policy tag and its descendants</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a policy tag.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all policy tags in a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a policy tag, including its display name, description, and parent policy tag.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns your permissions on a specified policy tag or taxonomy.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a policy tag in a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of the taxonomy that the policy tag will belong to. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes a policy tag together with the following: * All of its descendant policy tags, if any * Policies associated with the policy tag and its descendants * References from BigQuery table schema of the policy tag and its descendants
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Resource name of the policy tag to delete. Note: All of its descendant policy tags are also deleted. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets a policy tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Resource name of the policy tag. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
+ "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
+ "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists all policy tags in a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource name of the taxonomy to list the policy tags of. (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return. Must be a value between 1 and 1000 inclusively. If not set, defaults to 50.
+ pageToken: string, The pagination token of the next results page. If not set, returns the first page. The token is returned in the response to a previous list request.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListPolicyTags.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token of the next results page. Empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "policyTags": [ # The policy tags that belong to the taxonomy.
+ { # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a policy tag, including its display name, description, and parent policy tag.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Specifies the fields to update. You can update only display name, description, and parent policy tag. If not set, defaults to all updatable fields. For more information, see [FieldMask] (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Denotes one policy tag in a taxonomy, for example, SSN. Policy tags can be defined in a hierarchy. For example: ``` + Geolocation + LatLong + City + ZipCode ``` Where the "Geolocation" policy tag contains three children.
+ "childPolicyTags": [ # Output only. Resource names of child policy tags of this policy tag.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # Description of this policy tag. If not set, defaults to empty. The description must contain only Unicode characters, tabs, newlines, carriage returns and page breaks, and be at most 2000 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. User-defined name of this policy tag. The name can't start or end with spaces and must be unique within the parent taxonomy, contain only Unicode letters, numbers, underscores, dashes and spaces, and be at most 200 bytes long when encoded in UTF-8.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this policy tag in the URL format. The policy tag manager generates unique taxonomy IDs and policy tag IDs.
+ "parentPolicyTag": "A String", # Resource name of this policy tag's parent policy tag. If empty, this is a top level tag. If not set, defaults to an empty string. For example, for the "LatLong" policy tag in the example above, this field contains the resource name of the "Geolocation" policy tag, and, for "Geolocation", this field is empty.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets the IAM policy for a policy tag or a taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns your permissions on a specified policy tag or taxonomy.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index 22fb7dd..eeef4fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
"value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
},
],
- "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
+ "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
"privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
"value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
},
],
- "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
+ "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
"privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
"value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
},
],
- "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
+ "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
"privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
"value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
},
],
- "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
+ "enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
"privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 7efa1ea..fc25b41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 2193ae7..f258865 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/autoscaling#how_autoscaling_works) for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
index fdac44f..82bb30f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(projectId, region, clusterName, body=None, gracefulDecommissionTimeout=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#clusteroperationmetadata).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#clusteroperationmetadata). The cluster must be in a RUNNING state or an error is returned.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.</p>
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(projectId, region, clusterName, body=None, gracefulDecommissionTimeout=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#clusteroperationmetadata).
+ <pre>Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#clusteroperationmetadata). The cluster must be in a RUNNING state or an error is returned.
Args:
projectId: string, Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project the cluster belongs to. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 23d130b..d5f1050 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index da824ef..9e60534 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
{ # Describes an autoscaling policy for Dataproc cluster autoscaler.
"basicAlgorithm": { # Basic algorithm for autoscaling.
"cooldownPeriod": "A String", # Optional. Duration between scaling events. A scaling period starts after the update operation from the previous event has completed.Bounds: 2m, 1d. Default: 2m.
- "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Required. YARN autoscaling configuration.
+ "yarnConfig": { # Basic autoscaling configurations for YARN. # Optional. YARN autoscaling configuration.
"gracefulDecommissionTimeout": "A String", # Required. Timeout for YARN graceful decommissioning of Node Managers. Specifies the duration to wait for jobs to complete before forcefully removing workers (and potentially interrupting jobs). Only applicable to downscaling operations.Bounds: 0s, 1d.
"scaleDownFactor": 3.14, # Required. Fraction of average YARN pending memory in the last cooldown period for which to remove workers. A scale-down factor of 1 will result in scaling down so that there is no available memory remaining after the update (more aggressive scaling). A scale-down factor of 0 disables removing workers, which can be beneficial for autoscaling a single job. See How autoscaling works for more information.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0.
"scaleDownMinWorkerFraction": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum scale-down threshold as a fraction of total cluster size before scaling occurs. For example, in a 20-worker cluster, a threshold of 0.1 means the autoscaler must recommend at least a 2 worker scale-down for the cluster to scale. A threshold of 0 means the autoscaler will scale down on any recommended change.Bounds: 0.0, 1.0. Default: 0.0.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 334f9d8..3b8a5a5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(projectId, region, clusterName, body=None, gracefulDecommissionTimeout=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1beta2#clusteroperationmetadata).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1beta2#clusteroperationmetadata). The cluster must be in a RUNNING state or an error is returned.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.</p>
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(projectId, region, clusterName, body=None, gracefulDecommissionTimeout=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1beta2#clusteroperationmetadata).
+ <pre>Updates a cluster in a project. The returned Operation.metadata will be ClusterOperationMetadata (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1beta2#clusteroperationmetadata). The cluster must be in a RUNNING state or an error is returned.
Args:
projectId: string, Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project the cluster belongs to. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 4f71a3f..96acf9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,7 +248,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -266,7 +299,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -284,7 +350,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
},
@@ -503,7 +602,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -527,7 +659,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -625,24 +790,7 @@
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -681,24 +829,7 @@
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -759,24 +890,7 @@
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -863,7 +977,40 @@
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -902,24 +1049,7 @@
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
index 10916d7..f656fc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation
+ <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to update or create entities in. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
index 29d6749..dafb69c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a entity type for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType and EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes methods. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
index 47de8ae..d6512d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
{ # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
"environments": [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
index b75a041..3e05f78 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getFulfillment">getFulfillment(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets agent validation result. Agent validation is performed during training time and is updated automatically when training is completed.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#search">search(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of agents. Since there is at most one conversational agent per project, this method is useful primarily for listing all agents across projects the caller has access to. One can achieve that with a wildcard project collection id "-". Refer to [List Sub-Collections](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections).</p>
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#updateFulfillment">updateFulfillment(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation
+ <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
index bb52f20..81628fb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a intent for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. If this intent has direct or indirect followup intents, we also delete them. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. (required)
@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.html
index 3c53618..570777d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project of this agent. Format: `projects/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
index 2153eb9..45b0e34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation
+ <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to update or create entities in. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
index 75b739f..7fc3d71 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a entity type for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType and EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes methods. Format: `projects//agent/entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
index 453186b..16a24ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
{ # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
"environments": [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
index 6b40c9c..c8f6f04 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getFulfillment">getFulfillment(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets agent validation result. Agent validation is performed during training time and is updated automatically when training is completed.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#search">search(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of agents. Since there is at most one conversational agent per project, this method is useful primarily for listing all agents across projects the caller has access to. One can achieve that with a wildcard project collection id "-". Refer to [List Sub-Collections](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections).</p>
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#updateFulfillment">updateFulfillment(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation
+ <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with. Format: `projects/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
index 1467cc0..d901729 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a intent for. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. If this intent has direct or indirect followup intents, we also delete them. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. (required)
@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
index 32e65db..30cda48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project of this agent. Format: `projects/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
index b4d113b..ecd4899 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation
+ <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to update or create entities in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
index 10cdbe9..bdb5794 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.entityTypes.html
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent`, - `projects//locations//agent`. (required)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a entity type for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType and EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
index 1eac35f..646f5f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
{ # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
"environments": [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
index 18bf4e3..7dfc2ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getFulfillment">getFulfillment(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets agent validation result. Agent validation is performed during training time and is updated automatically when training is completed.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#search">search(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of agents. Since there is at most one conversational agent per project, this method is useful primarily for listing all agents across projects the caller has access to. One can achieve that with a wildcard project collection id "-". Refer to [List Sub-Collections](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections).</p>
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#updateFulfillment">updateFulfillment(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation
+ <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.intents.html
index c7b3214..53c8631 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.intents.html
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a intent for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. If this intent has direct or indirect followup intents, we also delete them. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` (required)
@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html
index 2386f9b..18d1896 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Deprecated. use SuggestArticles and SuggestFaqAnswers instead. Gets suggestions for a participant based on specific historical messages. Note that ListSuggestions will only list the auto-generated suggestions, while CompileSuggestion will try to compile suggestion based on the provided conversation context in the real time.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deprecated: Use inline suggestion, event based suggestion or Suggestion* API instead. See HumanAgentAssistantConfig.name for more details. Removal Date: 2020-09-01. Retrieves suggestions for live agents. This method should be used by human agent client software to fetch auto generated suggestions in real-time, while the conversation with an end user is in progress. The functionality is implemented in terms of the [list pagination](/apis/design/design_patterns#list_pagination) design pattern. The client app should use the `next_page_token` field to fetch the next batch of suggestions. `suggestions` are sorted by `create_time` in descending order. To fetch latest suggestion, just set `page_size` to 1. To fetch new suggestions without duplication, send request with filter `create_time_epoch_microseconds > [first item's create_time of previous request]` and empty page_token.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deprecated: Use inline suggestion, event based suggestion or Suggestion* API instead. See HumanAgentAssistantConfig.name for more details. Removal Date: 2020-09-01. Retrieves suggestions for live agents. This method should be used by human agent client software to fetch auto generated suggestions in real-time, while the conversation with an end user is in progress. The functionality is implemented in terms of the [list pagination](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_pagination) design pattern. The client app should use the `next_page_token` field to fetch the next batch of suggestions. `suggestions` are sorted by `create_time` in descending order. To fetch latest suggestion, just set `page_size` to 1. To fetch new suggestions without duplication, send request with filter `create_time_epoch_microseconds > [first item's create_time of previous request]` and empty page_token.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deprecated: Use inline suggestion, event based suggestion or Suggestion* API instead. See HumanAgentAssistantConfig.name for more details. Removal Date: 2020-09-01. Retrieves suggestions for live agents. This method should be used by human agent client software to fetch auto generated suggestions in real-time, while the conversation with an end user is in progress. The functionality is implemented in terms of the [list pagination](/apis/design/design_patterns#list_pagination) design pattern. The client app should use the `next_page_token` field to fetch the next batch of suggestions. `suggestions` are sorted by `create_time` in descending order. To fetch latest suggestion, just set `page_size` to 1. To fetch new suggestions without duplication, send request with filter `create_time_epoch_microseconds > [first item's create_time of previous request]` and empty page_token.
+ <pre>Deprecated: Use inline suggestion, event based suggestion or Suggestion* API instead. See HumanAgentAssistantConfig.name for more details. Removal Date: 2020-09-01. Retrieves suggestions for live agents. This method should be used by human agent client software to fetch auto generated suggestions in real-time, while the conversation with an end user is in progress. The functionality is implemented in terms of the [list pagination](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_pagination) design pattern. The client app should use the `next_page_token` field to fetch the next batch of suggestions. `suggestions` are sorted by `create_time` in descending order. To fetch latest suggestion, just set `page_size` to 1. To fetch new suggestions without duplication, send request with filter `create_time_epoch_microseconds > [first item's create_time of previous request]` and empty page_token.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the participant to fetch suggestions for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html
index 3a8d90d..4dae572 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project of this agent. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
index d31786d..3995c5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.entities.html
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entities in the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Operation
+ <pre>Updates or creates multiple entities in the specified entity type. This method does not affect entities in the entity type that aren't explicitly specified in the request. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the entity type to update or create entities in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
index 6e51062..6391a4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.entityTypes.html
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent`, - `projects//locations//agent`. (required)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a entity type for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType and EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/entityTypes/` - `projects//locations//agent/entityTypes/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
index f505c75..31bd1db 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
{ # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
"environments": [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
- "agentVersion": "A String", # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+ "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
"description": "A String", # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
"fulfillment": { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
"displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
index 2fd9246..356ef85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getFulfillment">getFulfillment(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets agent validation result. Agent validation is performed during training time and is updated automatically when training is completed.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#search">search(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of agents. Since there is at most one conversational agent per project, this method is useful primarily for listing all agents across projects the caller has access to. One can achieve that with a wildcard project collection id "-". Refer to [List Sub-Collections](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections).</p>
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#updateFulfillment">updateFulfillment(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the fulfillment.</p>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file. Operation
+ <pre>Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when importing is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file. Uploads new intents and entity types without deleting the existing ones. Intents and entity types with the same name are replaced with the new versions from ImportAgentRequest. After the import, the imported draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the import is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Operation An operation which tracks when restoring is complete. It only tracks when the draft agent is updated not when it is done training.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file. Replaces the current agent version with a new one. All the intents and entity types in the older version are deleted. After the restore, the restored draft agent will be trained automatically (unless disabled in agent settings). However, once the restore is done, training may not be completed yet. Please call TrainAgent and wait for the operation it returns in order to train explicitly. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Trains the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
index e72cce9..68f8ad8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation </p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Deletes intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Operation
+ <pre>Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a intent for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
@@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent and its direct or indirect followup intents. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. If this intent has direct or indirect followup intents, we also delete them. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` (required)
@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, intentView=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
name: string, Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
index 23aef4b..09558b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project of this agent. Format: `projects/` or `projects//locations/` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
index 588bed8..3a8be52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an entity type in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a entity type for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index bdd6553..e77a628 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
index 99f03e2..0cc54bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a flow in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a flow in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes a specified flow.</p>
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets the latest flow validation result. Flow validation is performed when ValidateFlow is called.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all flows in the specified agent.</p>
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified flow.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validate">validate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates the specified flow and creates or updates validation results. Please call this API after the training is completed to get the complete validation results.</p>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates a flow in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates a flow in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a flow for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file.
+ <pre>Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to import the flow into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified flow.
+ <pre>Updates the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained.
+ <pre>Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The flow to train. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
index 317081e..82aa0fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a page in the specified flow.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a page in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified page.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified page. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified page.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified page.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified page. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates a page in the specified flow.
+ <pre>Creates a page in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The flow to create a page for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified page.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified page. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the page to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//Flows//pages/`. (required)
@@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified page.
+ <pre>Updates the specified page. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the page. Required for the Pages.UpdatePage method. Pages.CreatePage populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
index 785195e..5337524 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow.
+ <pre>Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup.
+ <pre>Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html
index 2cc4acf..ba66a09 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an agent in the specified location.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent in the specified location. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent.</p>
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validate">validate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates the specified agent and creates or updates validation results. The agent in draft version is validated. Please call this API after the training is completed to get the complete validation results.</p>
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an agent in the specified location.
+ <pre>Creates an agent in the specified location. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The location to create a agent for. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed. Note: You should always train flows prior to sending them queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the agent to restore into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
index e28df42..21702b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create an intent for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`. (required)
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`. (required)
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index 1c133c2..3faea3e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
index 6499d26..3a0eaf3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -4493,7 +4493,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5196,7 +5196,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5960,7 +5960,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -6663,7 +6663,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -7436,7 +7436,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8139,7 +8139,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8870,7 +8870,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -9573,7 +9573,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10287,7 +10287,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10990,7 +10990,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
index d298161..827ad69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@
"description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
"isFallback": True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
- "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys." is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys.head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
+ "labels": { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix "sys-" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. "sys-head" means the intent is a head intent. "sys.contextual" means the intent is a contextual intent.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
index 3d765a8..e1fe56a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
"securitySettings": [ # The list of security settings.
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
index cc56b75..1897fe6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.entityTypes.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Creates an entity type in the specified agent.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified entity type.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`. (required)
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified entity type.
+ <pre>Updates the specified entity type. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
index 8616291..9e8b541 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a flow in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a flow in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes a specified flow.</p>
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Gets the latest flow validation result. Flow validation is performed when ValidateFlow is called.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all flows in the specified agent.</p>
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified flow.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#train">train(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validate">validate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates the specified flow and creates or updates validation results. Please call this API after the training is completed to get the complete validation results.</p>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates a flow in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates a flow in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create a flow for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file.
+ <pre>Imports the specified flow to the specified agent from a binary file. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to import the flow into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified flow.
+ <pre>Updates the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="train">train(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained.
+ <pre>Trains the specified flow. Note that only the flow in 'draft' environment is trained. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The flow to train. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
index 537d5e0..0492883 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow.
+ <pre>Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup.
+ <pre>Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html
index b82b3e0..8d79189 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an agent in the specified location.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent in the specified location. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent.</p>
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validate">validate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates the specified agent and creates or updates validation results. The agent in draft version is validated. Please call this API after the training is completed to get the complete validation results.</p>
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an agent in the specified location.
+ <pre>Creates an agent in the specified location. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The location to create a agent for. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified agent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed.
+ <pre>Restores the specified agent from a binary file. Replaces the current agent with a new one. Note that all existing resources in agent (e.g. intents, entity types, flows) will be removed. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the agent to restore into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
index d45589a..361bda7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(name, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified intent.</p>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent.
+ <pre>Creates an intent in the specified agent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
parent: string, Required. The agent to create an intent for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified intent.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, Required. The name of the intent to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`. (required)
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, languageCode=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the specified intent.
+ <pre>Updates the specified intent. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).
Args:
name: string, The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
index f3ffda9..2da4dba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
"securitySettings": [ # The list of security settings.
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
{ # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
"displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
- "inspectTemplate": "A String", # DLP inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+ "inspectTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
"name": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
"purgeDataTypes": [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 5f249d8..dcf9417 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -130,25 +130,6 @@
],
"category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
"name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor type. Format: projects/{project}/processorTypes/{processor_type}
- "schema": { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # The schema of the default version of this processor type.
- "description": "A String", # Description of the schema.
- "displayName": "A String", # Display name to show to users.
- "entityTypes": [ # Entity types of the schema.
- { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types.
- "baseType": "A String", # Type of the entity. It must be one of the following: `document` - the entity represents a classification of a logical document. `object` - if the entity has properties it is likely an object (or or a document.) `datetime` - the entity is a date or time value. `money` - the entity represents a money value amount. `number` - the entity is a number - integer or floating point. `string` - the entity is a string value. `boolean` - the entity is a boolean value. `address` - the entity is a location address.
- "description": "A String", # Description of the entity type.
- "enumValues": [ # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity.
- "A String",
- ],
- "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of times an entity type appears in the document.
- "properties": [ # Describing the nested structure of an entity. An EntityType may consist of several other EntityTypes. For example, in a document there can be an EntityType 'ID', which consists of EntityType 'name' and 'address', with corresponding attributes, such as TEXT for both types and ONCE for occurrence types.
- # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3SchemaEntityType
- ],
- "source": "A String", # Source of this entity type.
- "type": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the set of same level types.
- },
- ],
- },
"type": "A String", # The type of the processor, e.g, "invoice_parsing".
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
index 905e453..918ab52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
@@ -169,6 +169,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -292,6 +293,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -411,6 +416,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -428,6 +434,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -678,6 +685,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -801,6 +809,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -920,6 +932,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -937,6 +950,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index cbc3565..07e32b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -157,6 +157,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -280,6 +281,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -399,6 +404,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -416,6 +422,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -542,6 +549,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -665,6 +673,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -784,6 +796,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -801,6 +814,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -992,6 +1006,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -1115,6 +1130,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -1234,6 +1253,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -1251,6 +1271,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -1391,6 +1412,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -1514,6 +1536,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -1633,6 +1659,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -1650,6 +1677,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -1779,6 +1807,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -1902,6 +1931,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -2021,6 +2054,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -2038,6 +2072,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -2181,6 +2216,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -2304,6 +2340,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -2423,6 +2463,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -2440,6 +2481,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -2578,6 +2620,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -2701,6 +2744,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -2820,6 +2867,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -2837,6 +2885,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -2973,6 +3022,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -3096,6 +3146,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -3215,6 +3269,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3232,6 +3287,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -3354,6 +3410,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -3477,6 +3534,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -3596,6 +3657,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3613,6 +3675,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -3735,6 +3798,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -3858,6 +3922,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -3977,6 +4045,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3994,6 +4063,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -4116,6 +4186,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -4239,6 +4310,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -4358,6 +4433,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -4375,6 +4451,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -4493,6 +4570,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -4616,6 +4694,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -4735,6 +4817,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -4752,6 +4835,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
@@ -4890,6 +4974,7 @@
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
"canChangeRestrictedDownload": True or False, # Deprecated
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
"canDelete": True or False, # Whether the current user can delete this file.
@@ -5013,6 +5098,10 @@
},
"lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Name of the last user to modify this file.
"lastViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Last time this file was viewed by the user (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"markedViewedByMeDate": "A String", # Deprecated.
"md5Checksum": "A String", # An MD5 checksum for the content of this file. This field is only populated for files with content stored in Google Drive; it is not populated for Docs Editors or shortcut files.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file. This is only mutable on update when uploading new content. This field can be left blank, and the mimetype will be determined from the uploaded content's MIME type.
@@ -5132,6 +5221,7 @@
},
],
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of quota bytes used by this file.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"selfLink": "A String", # A link back to this file.
"shareable": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canShare.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -5149,6 +5239,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. Supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
index ac0f358..7b82334 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -302,6 +303,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -391,6 +396,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -404,6 +410,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
index 5b6156c..f01d687 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -253,6 +254,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -342,6 +347,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -355,6 +361,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -409,6 +416,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -518,6 +526,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -607,6 +619,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -620,6 +633,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -672,6 +686,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -781,6 +796,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -870,6 +889,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -883,6 +903,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -940,6 +961,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -1049,6 +1071,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -1138,6 +1164,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -1151,6 +1178,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -1271,6 +1299,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -1380,6 +1409,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -1469,6 +1502,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -1482,6 +1516,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -1571,6 +1606,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -1680,6 +1716,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -1769,6 +1809,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -1782,6 +1823,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -1854,6 +1896,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -1963,6 +2006,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -2052,6 +2099,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -2065,6 +2113,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
@@ -2123,6 +2172,7 @@
"canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives.
"canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files.
"canChangeCopyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the copyRequiresWriterPermission restriction of this file.
+ "canChangeSecurityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the current user can change the securityUpdateEnabled field on link share metadata.
"canChangeViewersCanCopyContent": True or False, # Deprecated
"canComment": True or False, # Whether the current user can comment on this file.
"canCopy": True or False, # Whether the current user can copy this file. For an item in a shared drive, whether the current user can copy non-folder descendants of this item, or this item itself if it is not a folder.
@@ -2232,6 +2282,10 @@
"permissionId": "A String", # The user's ID as visible in Permission resources.
"photoLink": "A String", # A link to the user's profile photo, if available.
},
+ "linkShareMetadata": { # Contains details about the link URLs that clients are using to refer to this item.
+ "securityUpdateEligible": True or False, # Whether the file is eligible for security update.
+ "securityUpdateEnabled": True or False, # Whether the security update is enabled for this file.
+ },
"md5Checksum": "A String", # The MD5 checksum for the content of the file. This is only applicable to files with binary content in Google Drive.
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file.
# Google Drive will attempt to automatically detect an appropriate value from uploaded content if no value is provided. The value cannot be changed unless a new revision is uploaded.
@@ -2321,6 +2375,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"quotaBytesUsed": "A String", # The number of storage quota bytes used by the file. This includes the head revision as well as previous revisions with keepForever enabled.
+ "resourceKey": "A String", # A key needed to access the item via a shared link.
"shared": True or False, # Whether the file has been shared. Not populated for items in shared drives.
"sharedWithMeTime": "A String", # The time at which the file was shared with the user, if applicable (RFC 3339 date-time).
"sharingUser": { # Information about a Drive user. # The user who shared the file with the requesting user, if applicable.
@@ -2334,6 +2389,7 @@
"shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut.
"targetId": "A String", # The ID of the file that this shortcut points to.
"targetMimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the file that this shortcut points to. The value of this field is a snapshot of the target's MIME type, captured when the shortcut is created.
+ "targetResourceKey": "A String", # The ResourceKey for the target file.
},
"size": "A String", # The size of the file's content in bytes. This is applicable to binary files in Google Drive and Google Docs files.
"spaces": [ # The list of spaces which contain the file. The currently supported values are 'drive', 'appDataFolder' and 'photos'.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
index 19d595f..bbbdbcb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
@@ -93,6 +93,12 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#exchangeAppAttestAssertion">exchangeAppAttestAssertion(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Accepts a AppAttest Artifact and Assertion, and uses the developer's preconfigured auth token to verify the token with Apple. Returns an AttestationToken with the App ID as specified by the `app` field included as attested claims.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#exchangeAppAttestAttestation">exchangeAppAttestAttestation(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Accepts a AppAttest CBOR Attestation, and uses the developer's preconfigured team and bundle IDs to verify the token with Apple. Returns an Attestation Artifact that can later be exchanged for an AttestationToken in ExchangeAppAttestAssertion.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#exchangeCustomToken">exchangeCustomToken(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates a custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials. If valid, returns an App Check token encapsulated in an AttestationTokenResponse.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -107,6 +113,9 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#exchangeSafetyNetToken">exchangeSafetyNetToken(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates a [SafetyNet token](https://developer.android.com/training/safetynet/attestation#request-attestation-step). If valid, returns an App Check token encapsulated in an AttestationTokenResponse.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#generateAppAttestChallenge">generateAppAttestChallenge(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Initiates the App Attest flow by generating a challenge which will be used as a type of nonce for this attestation.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -114,6 +123,67 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="exchangeAppAttestAssertion">exchangeAppAttestAssertion(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Accepts a AppAttest Artifact and Assertion, and uses the developer's preconfigured auth token to verify the token with Apple. Returns an AttestationToken with the App ID as specified by the `app` field included as attested claims.
+
+Args:
+ app: string, Required. The full resource name to the iOS App. Format: "projects/{project_id}/apps/{app_id}" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ExchangeAppAttestAssertion
+ "artifact": "A String", # The artifact previously returned by ExchangeAppAttestAttestation.
+ "assertion": "A String", # The CBOR encoded assertion provided by the Apple App Attest SDK.
+ "challenge": "A String", # A one time challenge returned by GenerateAppAttestChallenge.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Encapsulates an *App Check token*, which are used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+ "attestationToken": "A String", # An App Check token. App Check tokens are signed [JWTs](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) containing claims that identify the attested app and Firebase project. This token is used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+ "ttl": "A String", # The duration from the time this token is minted until its expiration. This field is intended to ease client-side token management, since the client may have clock skew, but is still able to accurately measure a duration.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="exchangeAppAttestAttestation">exchangeAppAttestAttestation(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Accepts a AppAttest CBOR Attestation, and uses the developer's preconfigured team and bundle IDs to verify the token with Apple. Returns an Attestation Artifact that can later be exchanged for an AttestationToken in ExchangeAppAttestAssertion.
+
+Args:
+ app: string, Required. The full resource name to the iOS App. Format: "projects/{project_id}/apps/{app_id}" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ExchangeAppAttestAttestation
+ "attestationStatement": "A String", # The App Attest statement as returned by Apple's client-side App Attest API. This is the CBOR object returned by Apple, which will be Base64 encoded in the JSON API.
+ "challenge": "A String", # The challenge previously generated by the FAC backend.
+ "keyId": "A String", # The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ExchangeAppAttestAttestation
+ "artifact": "A String", # An artifact that should be passed back during the Assertion flow.
+ "attestationToken": { # Encapsulates an *App Check token*, which are used to access Firebase services protected by App Check. # An attestation token which can be used to access Firebase APIs.
+ "attestationToken": "A String", # An App Check token. App Check tokens are signed [JWTs](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) containing claims that identify the attested app and Firebase project. This token is used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+ "ttl": "A String", # The duration from the time this token is minted until its expiration. This field is intended to ease client-side token management, since the client may have clock skew, but is still able to accurately measure a duration.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="exchangeCustomToken">exchangeCustomToken(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Validates a custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials. If valid, returns an App Check token encapsulated in an AttestationTokenResponse.
@@ -248,4 +318,30 @@
}</pre>
</div>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="generateAppAttestChallenge">generateAppAttestChallenge(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Initiates the App Attest flow by generating a challenge which will be used as a type of nonce for this attestation.
+
+Args:
+ app: string, Required. The full resource name to the iOS App. Format: "projects/{project_id}/apps/{app_id}" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for GenerateAppAttestChallenge
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response object for GenerateAppAttestChallenge
+ "challenge": "A String", # A one time use challenge for the client to pass to Apple's App Attest API.
+ "ttl": "A String", # The duration from the time this challenge is minted until it is expired. This field is intended to ease client-side token management, since the device may have clock skew, but is still able to accurately measure a duration. This expiration is intended to minimize the replay window within which a single challenge may be reused. See AIP 142 for naming of this field.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
index 55811af..aba1c38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
"instances": [ # List of each DatabaseInstance that is in the parent Firebase project.
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
{ # Representation of a Realtime Database instance. Details on interacting with contents of a DatabaseInstance can be found at: https://firebase.google.com/docs/database/rest/start.
"databaseUrl": "A String", # Immutable. The globally unique hostname of the database.
- "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`. Currently the only supported location is 'us-central1'.
+ "name": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the database instance, in the form: `projects/{project-number}/locations/{location-id}/instances/{database-id}`.
"project": "A String", # The resource name of the project this instance belongs to. For example: `projects/{project-number}`.
"state": "A String", # The database's lifecycle state. Read-only.
"type": "A String", # The database instance type. On creation only USER_DATABASE is allowed, which is also the default when omitted.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 5887319..02464f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
- "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ # Object with schema name: Value
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
index c970f1f..a99e983 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index 37287e9..76e564c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
index 0e6a958..cb55d2d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@
},
],
"importToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the importer.
- "lastSync": "A String", # Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String This field is being deprecated. Use last_sync_time instead. (b/154053616)
+ "lastSync": "A String", # Deprecated: use last_sync_time instead. Timestamp of when ACM last successfully synced the repo The time format is specified in https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.String
"lastSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp type of when ACM last successfully synced the repo
"sourceToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the repo.
"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.drafts.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.drafts.html
index 960378e..1a0121a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.drafts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.drafts.html
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
Args:
userId: string, The user's email address. The special value `me` can be used to indicate the authenticated user. (required)
includeSpamTrash: boolean, Include drafts from `SPAM` and `TRASH` in the results.
- maxResults: integer, Maximum number of drafts to return.
+ maxResults: integer, Maximum number of drafts to return. This field defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value for this field is 500.
pageToken: string, Page token to retrieve a specific page of results in the list.
q: string, Only return draft messages matching the specified query. Supports the same query format as the Gmail search box. For example, `"from:someuser@example.com rfc822msgid: is:unread"`.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.history.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.history.html
index 4b1323e..cd238a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.history.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.history.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
labelAdded -
labelRemoved -
labelId: string, Only return messages with a label matching the ID.
- maxResults: integer, The maximum number of history records to return.
+ maxResults: integer, Maximum number of history records to return. This field defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value for this field is 500.
pageToken: string, Page token to retrieve a specific page of results in the list.
startHistoryId: string, Required. Returns history records after the specified `startHistoryId`. The supplied `startHistoryId` should be obtained from the `historyId` of a message, thread, or previous `list` response. History IDs increase chronologically but are not contiguous with random gaps in between valid IDs. Supplying an invalid or out of date `startHistoryId` typically returns an `HTTP 404` error code. A `historyId` is typically valid for at least a week, but in some rare circumstances may be valid for only a few hours. If you receive an `HTTP 404` error response, your application should perform a full sync. If you receive no `nextPageToken` in the response, there are no updates to retrieve and you can store the returned `historyId` for a future request.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html
index 0c60657..f156665 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
userId: string, The user's email address. The special value `me` can be used to indicate the authenticated user. (required)
includeSpamTrash: boolean, Include messages from `SPAM` and `TRASH` in the results.
labelIds: string, Only return messages with labels that match all of the specified label IDs. (repeated)
- maxResults: integer, Maximum number of messages to return.
+ maxResults: integer, Maximum number of messages to return. This field defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value for this field is 500.
pageToken: string, Page token to retrieve a specific page of results in the list.
q: string, Only return messages matching the specified query. Supports the same query format as the Gmail search box. For example, `"from:someuser@example.com rfc822msgid: is:unread"`. Parameter cannot be used when accessing the api using the gmail.metadata scope.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.threads.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.threads.html
index cb61945..64f03fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.threads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.threads.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
userId: string, The user's email address. The special value `me` can be used to indicate the authenticated user. (required)
includeSpamTrash: boolean, Include threads from `SPAM` and `TRASH` in the results.
labelIds: string, Only return threads with labels that match all of the specified label IDs. (repeated)
- maxResults: integer, Maximum number of threads to return.
+ maxResults: integer, Maximum number of threads to return. This field defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value for this field is 500.
pageToken: string, Page token to retrieve a specific page of results in the list.
q: string, Only return threads matching the specified query. Supports the same query format as the Gmail search box. For example, `"from:someuser@example.com rfc822msgid: is:unread"`. Parameter cannot be used when accessing the api using the gmail.metadata scope.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
index cd0c2b9..97f4379 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Updates the specified consent store.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#queryAccessibleData">queryAccessibleData(consentStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```</p>
+<p class="firstline">Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. If the request is successful, a detailed response is returned of type QueryAccessibleDataResponse, contained in the response field when the operation finishes. The metadata field type is OperationMetadata. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="queryAccessibleData">queryAccessibleData(consentStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```
+ <pre>Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. If the request is successful, a detailed response is returned of type QueryAccessibleDataResponse, contained in the response field when the operation finishes. The metadata field type is OperationMetadata. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```
Args:
consentStore: string, Required. Name of the consent store to retrieve User data mappings from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 9cfe94f..36de3ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Request to export resources.
- "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type.
+ "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Note that unlike in FhirStore.StreamConfig.BigQueryDestination, BigQuery views will not be created by ExportResources.
"datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
"force": True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
"schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
index c136b1b..c83740f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Updates the specified consent store.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#queryAccessibleData">queryAccessibleData(consentStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```</p>
+<p class="firstline">Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. If the request is successful, a detailed response is returned of type QueryAccessibleDataResponse, contained in the response field when the operation finishes. The metadata field type is OperationMetadata. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="queryAccessibleData">queryAccessibleData(consentStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```
+ <pre>Queries all data_ids that are consented for a specified use in the given consent store and writes them to a specified destination. The returned Operation includes a progress counter for the number of User data mappings processed. If the request is successful, a detailed response is returned of type QueryAccessibleDataResponse, contained in the response field when the operation finishes. The metadata field type is OperationMetadata. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). For example, the following sample log entry shows a `failed to evaluate consent policy` error that occurred during a QueryAccessibleData call to consent store `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}`. ```json jsonPayload: { @type: "type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.healthcare.logging.QueryAccessibleDataLogEntry" error: { code: 9 message: "failed to evaluate consent policy" } resourceName: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/consentStores/{consent_store_id}/consents/{consent_id}" } logName: "projects/{project_id}/logs/healthcare.googleapis.com%2Fquery_accessible_data" operation: { id: "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/operations/{operation_id}" producer: "healthcare.googleapis.com/QueryAccessibleData" } receiveTimestamp: "TIMESTAMP" resource: { labels: { consent_store_id: "{consent_store_id}" dataset_id: "{dataset_id}" location: "{location_id}" project_id: "{project_id}" } type: "healthcare_consent_store" } severity: "ERROR" timestamp: "TIMESTAMP" ```
Args:
consentStore: string, Required. Name of the consent store to retrieve User data mappings from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 7cb6e06..c288fe6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#configureSearch">configureSearch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Configure the search parameters for the FHIR store and reindex resources in the FHIR store according to the defined search parameters. The search parameters provided in this request will replace any previous search configuration. The target SearchParameter resources need to exist in the store before calling ConfigureSearch, otherwise an error will occur. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the reindexing by calling GetOperation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, fhirStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Creates a new FHIR store within the parent dataset.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -125,6 +128,51 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="configureSearch">configureSearch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Configure the search parameters for the FHIR store and reindex resources in the FHIR store according to the defined search parameters. The search parameters provided in this request will replace any previous search configuration. The target SearchParameter resources need to exist in the store before calling ConfigureSearch, otherwise an error will occur. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the reindexing by calling GetOperation.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The name of the FHIR store to configure, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to configure the search parameters for the specified FHIR store.
+ "canonicalUrls": [ # The canonical URLs of the search parameters that are intended to be used for the FHIR store. See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/references.html#canonical for explanation on FHIR canonical urls
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "validateOnly": True or False, # If `validate_only` is set to true, the method will compile all the search parameters without actually setting the search config for the store and triggering the reindex.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, fhirStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Creates a new FHIR store within the parent dataset.
@@ -145,6 +193,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
@@ -191,6 +247,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
@@ -351,7 +415,7 @@
{ # Request to export resources.
"_since": "A String", # If provided, only resources updated after this time are exported. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.
"_type": "A String", # String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) are exported.
- "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type.
+ "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Note that unlike in FhirStore.StreamConfig.BigQueryDestination, BigQuery views will not be created by ExportResources.
"datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
"force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
"schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -420,6 +484,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
@@ -570,6 +642,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
@@ -634,6 +714,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
@@ -680,6 +768,14 @@
"notificationConfig": { # Specifies where to send notifications upon changes to a data store. # If non-empty, publish all resource modifications of this FHIR store to this destination. The Pub/Sub message attributes contain a map with a string describing the action that has triggered the notification. For example, "action":"CreateResource".
"pubsubTopic": "A String", # The [Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/) topic that notifications of changes are published on. Supplied by the client. PubsubMessage.Data contains the resource name. PubsubMessage.MessageId is the ID of this message. It is guaranteed to be unique within the topic. PubsubMessage.PublishTime is the time at which the message was published. Notifications are only sent if the topic is non-empty. [Topic names](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview#names) must be scoped to a project. Cloud Healthcare API service account must have publisher permissions on the given Pub/Sub topic. Not having adequate permissions causes the calls that send notifications to fail. If a notification can't be published to Pub/Sub, errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). If the number of errors exceeds a certain rate, some aren't submitted. Note that not all operations trigger notifications, see [Configuring Pub/Sub notifications](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/pubsub) for specific details.
},
+ "searchConfig": { # Contains the configuration for FHIR search. # Configuration for how FHIR resource can be searched.
+ "searchParameters": [ # A list of search parameters in this FHIR store that are used to configure this FHIR store.
+ { # Contains the versioned name and the URL for one SearchParameter.
+ "canonicalUrl": "A String", # The canonical url of the search parameter resource.
+ "parameter": "A String", # The versioned name of the search parameter resource. The format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/_history/{version-id} For fhir stores with disable_resource_versioning=true, the format is projects/{project-id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset-id}/fhirStores/{fhirStore-id}/fhir/SearchParameter/{resource-id}/
+ },
+ ],
+ },
"streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
{ # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
"bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
index e50a12e..a9b61b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
BLOGGER -
SITEKIT -
creator_platformId: string, Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.
- filter: string, Filter semantics described below.
+ filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
orderBy: string, Order semantics described below.
pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ideas per page. If unspecified, at most 10 ideas will be returned. The maximum value is 2000; values above 2000 will be coerced to 2000.
pageToken: string, Used to fetch next page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.html
index 2e48351..6a102c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.html
@@ -90,6 +90,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Returns the locales Resource.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.topicStates.html">topicStates()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the topicStates Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
index cba5204..5f1b4ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
BLOGGER -
SITEKIT -
creator_platformId: string, Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.
- filter: string, Filter semantics described below.
+ filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
orderBy: string, Order semantics described below.
pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ideas per page. If unspecified, at most 10 ideas will be returned. The maximum value is 2000; values above 2000 will be coerced to 2000.
pageToken: string, Used to fetch next page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.topicStates.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.topicStates.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7b2cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.topicStates.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="ideahub_v1alpha.html">Idea Hub API</a> . <a href="ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.html">platforms</a> . <a href="ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.html">properties</a> . <a href="ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.topicStates.html">topicStates</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update a topic state resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Update a topic state resource.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Unique identifier for the topic state. Format: platforms/{platform}/properties/{property}/topicStates/{topic_state} (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents topic state specific to a web property.
+ "dismissed": True or False, # Whether the topic is dismissed.
+ "name": "A String", # Unique identifier for the topic state. Format: platforms/{platform}/properties/{property}/topicStates/{topic_state}
+ "saved": True or False, # Whether the topic is saved.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents topic state specific to a web property.
+ "dismissed": True or False, # Whether the topic is dismissed.
+ "name": "A String", # Unique identifier for the topic state. Format: platforms/{platform}/properties/{property}/topicStates/{topic_state}
+ "saved": True or False, # Whether the topic is saved.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index 9a75442..8c18b63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -308,6 +308,7 @@
## datacatalog
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.html)
* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.html)
@@ -653,6 +654,10 @@
* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.html)
+## networksecurity
+* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.html)
+
+
## notebooks
* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.html)
@@ -768,6 +773,10 @@
* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.html)
+## resourcesettings
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.html)
+
+
## retail
* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/retail_v2.html)
* [v2alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.html)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
index 308b3c8..c817cb4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
@@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # Optional. This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # Optional. The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value is not specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # Optional. This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # Optional. The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value is not specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
index a2aaf4f..9face68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@
},
"histogramQueries": [ # Optional. Expression based histogram requests for jobs matching JobQuery.
{ # Input Only. The histogram request.
- "histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country". For example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])
+ "histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country". For example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])
},
],
"jobQuery": { # Input only. The query required to perform a search query. # Optional. Query used to search against jobs, such as keyword, location filters, etc.
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # Optional. This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # Optional. The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value is not specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@
},
"histogramQueries": [ # Optional. Expression based histogram requests for jobs matching JobQuery.
{ # Input Only. The histogram request.
- "histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country". For example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])
+ "histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country". For example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])
},
],
"jobQuery": { # Input only. The query required to perform a search query. # Optional. Query used to search against jobs, such as keyword, location filters, etc.
@@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # Optional. This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # Optional. This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # Optional. The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value is not specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
index b702809..e32e5a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@
"disableKeywordMatch": True or False, # Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query "program manager," a result is returned even if the job posting has the title "software developer," which doesn't fall into "program manager" ontology, but does have "program manager" appearing in its description. For queries like "cloud" that don't contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with "cloud" keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag's value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
"diversificationLevel": "A String", # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
"enableBroadening": True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
- "histogramQueries": [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country", for example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])`
+ "histogramQueries": [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country", for example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])`
{ # The histogram request.
"histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
},
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value isn't specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@
"disableKeywordMatch": True or False, # Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query "program manager," a result is returned even if the job posting has the title "software developer," which doesn't fall into "program manager" ontology, but does have "program manager" appearing in its description. For queries like "cloud" that don't contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with "cloud" keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag's value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
"diversificationLevel": "A String", # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
"enableBroadening": True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
- "histogramQueries": [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country", for example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])`
+ "histogramQueries": [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like "any string with backslash escape for quote(\")." * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and ["one", "two", "three"]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, "positive number") or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, "FULL_TIME", "PART_TIME". * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, "SMALL", "MEDIUM", "BIG". * publish_time_in_day: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in days. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, "Bachelors", "Masters". * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, "Entry Level". * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, "US", "FR". * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, "CA", "IL". * city: histogram by a combination of the "city name, admin1 code". For example, "Mountain View, CA", "New York, NY". * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the "admin1 code, country", for example, "CA, US", "IL, US". * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center's GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, "en-US", "fr-FR". * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, "en", "fr". * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, "COMPUTER_AND_IT", "HEALTHCARE". * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, "WEEKLY", "MONTHLY". * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute["key1"]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute["key1"]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute["some-string-custom-attribute"])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute["some-numeric-custom-attribute"], [bucket(MIN, 0, "negative"), bucket(0, MAX, "non-negative")])`
{ # The histogram request.
"histogramQuery": "A String", # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
},
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@
"A String",
],
},
- "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 6000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
+ "customAttributeFilter": "A String", # This filter specifies a structured syntax to match against the Job.custom_attributes marked as `filterable`. The syntax for this expression is a subset of SQL syntax. Supported operators are: `=`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>`, and `>=` where the left of the operator is a custom field key and the right of the operator is a number or a quoted string. You must escape backslash (\\) and quote (\") characters. Supported functions are `LOWER([field_name])` to perform a case insensitive match and `EMPTY([field_name])` to filter on the existence of a key. Boolean expressions (AND/OR/NOT) are supported up to 3 levels of nesting (for example, "((A AND B AND C) OR NOT D) AND E"), a maximum of 100 comparisons or functions are allowed in the expression. The expression must be < 10000 bytes in length. Sample Query: `(LOWER(driving_license)="class \"a\"" OR EMPTY(driving_license)) AND driving_years > 10`
"disableSpellCheck": True or False, # This flag controls the spell-check feature. If false, the service attempts to correct a misspelled query, for example, "enginee" is corrected to "engineer". Defaults to false: a spell check is performed.
"employmentTypes": [ # The employment type filter specifies the employment type of jobs to search against, such as EmploymentType.FULL_TIME. If a value isn't specified, jobs in the search results includes any employment type. If multiple values are specified, jobs in the search results include any of the specified employment types.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.html b/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.html
index 2e1b602..68f05e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
"permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions set on the note. Contains at least one entry for the note owner.
{ # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
},
],
"title": "A String", # The title of the note. Length must be less than 1,000 characters.
- "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. If this note has been trashed, when that happened. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted. If the note is not trashed, this is not set (and the trashed field is false).
- "trashed": True or False, # Output only. True if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted.
+ "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was trashed. If `trashed`, the note is eventually deleted. If the note is not trashed, this field is not set (and the trashed field is `false`).
+ "trashed": True or False, # Output only. `true` if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note is eventually deleted.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was last modified.
}
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
"permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions set on the note. Contains at least one entry for the note owner.
{ # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
@@ -216,8 +216,8 @@
},
],
"title": "A String", # The title of the note. Length must be less than 1,000 characters.
- "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. If this note has been trashed, when that happened. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted. If the note is not trashed, this is not set (and the trashed field is false).
- "trashed": True or False, # Output only. True if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted.
+ "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was trashed. If `trashed`, the note is eventually deleted. If the note is not trashed, this field is not set (and the trashed field is `false`).
+ "trashed": True or False, # Output only. `true` if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note is eventually deleted.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was last modified.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
"permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions set on the note. Contains at least one entry for the note owner.
{ # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
@@ -300,8 +300,8 @@
},
],
"title": "A String", # The title of the note. Length must be less than 1,000 characters.
- "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. If this note has been trashed, when that happened. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted. If the note is not trashed, this is not set (and the trashed field is false).
- "trashed": True or False, # Output only. True if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted.
+ "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was trashed. If `trashed`, the note is eventually deleted. If the note is not trashed, this field is not set (and the trashed field is `false`).
+ "trashed": True or False, # Output only. `true` if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note is eventually deleted.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was last modified.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
<pre>Lists notes. Every list call returns a page of results with `page_size` as the upper bound of returned items. A `page_size` of zero allows the server to choose the upper bound. The ListNotesResponse contains at most `page_size` entries. If there are more things left to list, it provides a `next_page_token` value. (Page tokens are opaque values.) To get the next page of results, copy the result's `next_page_token` into the next request's `page_token`. Repeat until the `next_page_token` returned with a page of results is empty. ListNotes return consistent results in the face of concurrent changes, or signals that it cannot with an ABORTED error.
Args:
- filter: string, Filter for list results. If no filter is supplied, the "-trashed" filter is applied by default. Valid fields to filter by are: - `create_time` - `update_time` - `trash_time` - `trashed` Filter syntax follows the Google AIP filtering spec: https://aip.dev/160
+ filter: string, Filter for list results. If no filter is supplied, the `trashed` filter is applied by default. Valid fields to filter by are: `create_time`, `update_time`, `trash_time`, and `trashed`. Filter syntax follows the [Google AIP filtering spec](https://aip.dev/160).
pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
pageToken: string, The previous page's `next_page_token` field.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # The response when listing a page of notes (see KeepService documentation).
+ { # The response when listing a page of notes.
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Next page's `page_token` field.
"notes": [ # A page of notes.
{ # A single note.
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
"permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions set on the note. Contains at least one entry for the note owner.
{ # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
@@ -371,8 +371,8 @@
},
],
"title": "A String", # The title of the note. Length must be less than 1,000 characters.
- "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. If this note has been trashed, when that happened. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted. If the note is not trashed, this is not set (and the trashed field is false).
- "trashed": True or False, # Output only. True if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note will eventually be deleted.
+ "trashTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was trashed. If `trashed`, the note is eventually deleted. If the note is not trashed, this field is not set (and the trashed field is `false`).
+ "trashed": True or False, # Output only. `true` if this note has been trashed. If trashed, the note is eventually deleted.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When this note was last modified.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.permissions.html
index a930912..f16154d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.permissions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/keep_v1.notes.permissions.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates one or more permission on the note. Only permissions with the `WRITER` role may be created. If adding any permission fails, then the entire request fails and no changes are made.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates one or more permissions on the note. Only permissions with the `WRITER` role may be created. If adding any permission fails, then the entire request fails and no changes are made.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#batchDelete">batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes one or more permissions on the note. The specified entities will immediately lose access. A permission with the `OWNER` role can't be removed. If removing a permission fails, then the entire request fails and no changes are made. Returns a 400 bad request error if a specified permission does not exist on the note.</p>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchCreate">batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates one or more permission on the note. Only permissions with the `WRITER` role may be created. If adding any permission fails, then the entire request fails and no changes are made.
+ <pre>Creates one or more permissions on the note. Only permissions with the `WRITER` role may be created. If adding any permission fails, then the entire request fails and no changes are made.
Args:
parent: string, The parent resource shared by all Permissions being created. Format: `notes/{note}` If this is set, the parent field in the CreatePermission messages must either be empty or match this field. (required)
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
"parent": "A String", # Required. The parent note where this permission will be created. Format: `notes/{note}`
"permission": { # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`. # Required. The permission to create. One of Permission.email, User.email or Group.email must be supplied.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
"permissions": [ # Permissions created.
{ # A single permission on the note. Associates a `member` with a `role`.
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether this member has been deleted. If the member is recovered, this value is set to false and the recovered member retains the role on the note.
- "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the email field in the User or Group message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
+ "email": "A String", # The email associated with the member. If set on create, the `email` field in the `User` or `Group` message must either be empty or match this field. On read, may be unset if the member does not have an associated email.
"family": { # Describes a single Google Family. # Output only. The Google Family to which this role applies.
},
"group": { # Describes a single Group. # Output only. The group to which this role applies.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..884eea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.html">Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory API</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html">domains</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html">backups</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
index 728ab7c..f0bac7f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
<h1><a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.html">Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory API</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html">domains</a></h1>
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html">backups()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the backups Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.sqlIntegrations.html">sqlIntegrations()</a></code>
</p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the sqlIntegrations Resource.</p>
@@ -101,6 +106,9 @@
<code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getLdapssettings">getLdapssettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the domain ldaps settings.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists Domains in a given project.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -122,6 +130,9 @@
<code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#updateLdapssettings">updateLdapssettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Patches a single ldaps settings.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validateTrust">validateTrust(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validate the trust state Operation</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -443,6 +454,38 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getLdapssettings">getLdapssettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the domain ldaps settings.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # LDAPSSettings represents the ldaps settings for domain resource. LDAP is the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4511. The settings object configures LDAP over SSL/TLS, whether it is over port 636 or the StartTLS operation. If LDAPSSettings is being changed, it will be placed into the UPDATING state, which indicates that the resource is being reconciled. At this point, Get will reflect an intermediate state.
+ "certificate": { # Certificate used to configure LDAPS. # Output only. The certificate used to configure LDAPS. Certificates can be chained with a maximum length of 15.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The certificate expire time.
+ "issuingCertificate": # Object with schema name: Certificate # The issuer of this certificate.
+ "subject": "A String", # The certificate subject.
+ "subjectAlternativeName": [ # The additional hostnames for the domain.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint which uniquely identifies the certificate.
+ },
+ "certificatePassword": "A String", # Input only. The password used to encrypt the uploaded pfx certificate.
+ "certificatePfx": "A String", # Input only. The uploaded PKCS12-formatted certificate to configure LDAPS with. It will enable the domain controllers in this domain to accept LDAPS connections (either LDAP over SSL/TLS or the StartTLS operation). A valid certificate chain must form a valid x.509 certificate chain (or be comprised of a single self-signed certificate. It must be encrypted with either: 1) PBES2 + PBKDF2 + AES256 encryption and SHA256 PRF; or 2) pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC Private key must be included for the leaf / single self-signed certificate. Note: For a fqdn your-example-domain.com, the wildcard fqdn is *.your-example-domain.com. Specifically the leaf certificate must have: - Either a blank subject or a subject with CN matching the wildcard fqdn. - Exactly two SANs - the fqdn and wildcard fqdn. - Encipherment and digital key signature key usages. - Server authentication extended key usage (OID=1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1) - Private key must be in one of the following formats: RSA, ECDSA, ED25519. - Private key must have appropriate key length: 2048 for RSA, 256 for ECDSA - Signature algorithm of the leaf certificate cannot be MD2, MD5 or SHA1.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this LDAPS settings.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Lists Domains in a given project.
@@ -768,6 +811,62 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="updateLdapssettings">updateLdapssettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Patches a single ldaps settings.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # LDAPSSettings represents the ldaps settings for domain resource. LDAP is the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4511. The settings object configures LDAP over SSL/TLS, whether it is over port 636 or the StartTLS operation. If LDAPSSettings is being changed, it will be placed into the UPDATING state, which indicates that the resource is being reconciled. At this point, Get will reflect an intermediate state.
+ "certificate": { # Certificate used to configure LDAPS. # Output only. The certificate used to configure LDAPS. Certificates can be chained with a maximum length of 15.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The certificate expire time.
+ "issuingCertificate": # Object with schema name: Certificate # The issuer of this certificate.
+ "subject": "A String", # The certificate subject.
+ "subjectAlternativeName": [ # The additional hostnames for the domain.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint which uniquely identifies the certificate.
+ },
+ "certificatePassword": "A String", # Input only. The password used to encrypt the uploaded pfx certificate.
+ "certificatePfx": "A String", # Input only. The uploaded PKCS12-formatted certificate to configure LDAPS with. It will enable the domain controllers in this domain to accept LDAPS connections (either LDAP over SSL/TLS or the StartTLS operation). A valid certificate chain must form a valid x.509 certificate chain (or be comprised of a single self-signed certificate. It must be encrypted with either: 1) PBES2 + PBKDF2 + AES256 encryption and SHA256 PRF; or 2) pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC Private key must be included for the leaf / single self-signed certificate. Note: For a fqdn your-example-domain.com, the wildcard fqdn is *.your-example-domain.com. Specifically the leaf certificate must have: - Either a blank subject or a subject with CN matching the wildcard fqdn. - Exactly two SANs - the fqdn and wildcard fqdn. - Encipherment and digital key signature key usages. - Server authentication extended key usage (OID=1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1) - Private key must be in one of the following formats: RSA, ECDSA, ED25519. - Private key must have appropriate key length: 2048 for RSA, 256 for ECDSA - Signature algorithm of the leaf certificate cannot be MD2, MD5 or SHA1.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this LDAPS settings.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="validateTrust">validateTrust(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Validate the trust state Operation
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
index bf69a51..f5417c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
@@ -78,9 +78,27 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, peeringId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a Peering for Managed AD instance.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes identified Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets details of a single Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists Peerings in a given project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the labels for specified Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -93,6 +111,121 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, peeringId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a Peering for Managed AD instance.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource project name and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ peeringId: string, Required. Peering Id, unique name to identify peering.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes identified Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets details of a single Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{peering_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -128,6 +261,112 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists Peerings in a given project.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the domain location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Filter specifying constraints of a list operation. For example, `peering.authoized_network ="/projects/myprojectid"`.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results following syntax at https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # ListPeeringsResponse is the response message for ListPeerings method.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "peerings": [ # A list of Managed Identities Service Peerings in the project.
+ { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+ },
+ ],
+ "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates the labels for specified Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from Peering: * `labels`
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5b5f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.html">Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory API</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html">domains</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html">backups</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+ "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
index d9698ba..888b61a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
<h1><a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.html">Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory API</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html">domains</a></h1>
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html">backups()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the backups Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.sqlIntegrations.html">sqlIntegrations()</a></code>
</p>
<p class="firstline">Returns the sqlIntegrations Resource.</p>
@@ -101,6 +106,9 @@
<code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#getLdapssettings">getLdapssettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the domain ldaps settings.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists domains in a project.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -122,6 +130,9 @@
<code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#updateLdapssettings">updateLdapssettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Patches a single ldaps settings.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#validateTrust">validateTrust(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Validates a trust state, that the target domain is reachable, and that the target domain is able to accept incoming trust requests.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -443,6 +454,38 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="getLdapssettings">getLdapssettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets the domain ldaps settings.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # LDAPSSettings represents the ldaps settings for domain resource. LDAP is the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4511. The settings object configures LDAP over SSL/TLS, whether it is over port 636 or the StartTLS operation. If LDAPSSettings is being changed, it will be placed into the UPDATING state, which indicates that the resource is being reconciled. At this point, Get will reflect an intermediate state.
+ "certificate": { # Certificate used to configure LDAPS. # Output only. The certificate used to configure LDAPS. Certificates can be chained with a maximum length of 15.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The certificate expire time.
+ "issuingCertificate": # Object with schema name: Certificate # The issuer of this certificate.
+ "subject": "A String", # The certificate subject.
+ "subjectAlternativeName": [ # The additional hostnames for the domain.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint which uniquely identifies the certificate.
+ },
+ "certificatePassword": "A String", # Input only. The password used to encrypt the uploaded pfx certificate.
+ "certificatePfx": "A String", # Input only. The uploaded PKCS12-formatted certificate to configure LDAPS with. It will enable the domain controllers in this domain to accept LDAPS connections (either LDAP over SSL/TLS or the StartTLS operation). A valid certificate chain must form a valid x.509 certificate chain (or be comprised of a single self-signed certificate. It must be encrypted with either: 1) PBES2 + PBKDF2 + AES256 encryption and SHA256 PRF; or 2) pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC Private key must be included for the leaf / single self-signed certificate. Note: For a fqdn your-example-domain.com, the wildcard fqdn is *.your-example-domain.com. Specifically the leaf certificate must have: - Either a blank subject or a subject with CN matching the wildcard fqdn. - Exactly two SANs - the fqdn and wildcard fqdn. - Encipherment and digital key signature key usages. - Server authentication extended key usage (OID=1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1) - Private key must be in one of the following formats: RSA, ECDSA, ED25519. - Private key must have appropriate key length: 2048 for RSA, 256 for ECDSA - Signature algorithm of the leaf certificate cannot be MD2, MD5 or SHA1.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this LDAPS settings.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Lists domains in a project.
@@ -757,6 +800,62 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="updateLdapssettings">updateLdapssettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Patches a single ldaps settings.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # LDAPSSettings represents the ldaps settings for domain resource. LDAP is the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4511. The settings object configures LDAP over SSL/TLS, whether it is over port 636 or the StartTLS operation. If LDAPSSettings is being changed, it will be placed into the UPDATING state, which indicates that the resource is being reconciled. At this point, Get will reflect an intermediate state.
+ "certificate": { # Certificate used to configure LDAPS. # Output only. The certificate used to configure LDAPS. Certificates can be chained with a maximum length of 15.
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The certificate expire time.
+ "issuingCertificate": # Object with schema name: Certificate # The issuer of this certificate.
+ "subject": "A String", # The certificate subject.
+ "subjectAlternativeName": [ # The additional hostnames for the domain.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint which uniquely identifies the certificate.
+ },
+ "certificatePassword": "A String", # Input only. The password used to encrypt the uploaded pfx certificate.
+ "certificatePfx": "A String", # Input only. The uploaded PKCS12-formatted certificate to configure LDAPS with. It will enable the domain controllers in this domain to accept LDAPS connections (either LDAP over SSL/TLS or the StartTLS operation). A valid certificate chain must form a valid x.509 certificate chain (or be comprised of a single self-signed certificate. It must be encrypted with either: 1) PBES2 + PBKDF2 + AES256 encryption and SHA256 PRF; or 2) pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC Private key must be included for the leaf / single self-signed certificate. Note: For a fqdn your-example-domain.com, the wildcard fqdn is *.your-example-domain.com. Specifically the leaf certificate must have: - Either a blank subject or a subject with CN matching the wildcard fqdn. - Exactly two SANs - the fqdn and wildcard fqdn. - Encipherment and digital key signature key usages. - Server authentication extended key usage (OID=1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1) - Private key must be in one of the following formats: RSA, ECDSA, ED25519. - Private key must have appropriate key length: 2048 for RSA, 256 for ECDSA - Signature algorithm of the leaf certificate cannot be MD2, MD5 or SHA1.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the LDAPS settings. Uses the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/domains/{domain}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this LDAPS settings.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="validateTrust">validateTrust(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Validates a trust state, that the target domain is reachable, and that the target domain is able to accept incoming trust requests.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
index 4d82404..3df7500 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
@@ -78,9 +78,27 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, peeringId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a Peering for Managed AD instance.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes identified Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets details of a single Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists Peerings in a given project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the labels for specified Peering.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -93,6 +111,121 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, peeringId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Creates a Peering for Managed AD instance.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Resource project name and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ peeringId: string, Required. Peering Id, unique name to identify peering.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Deletes identified Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets details of a single Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{peering_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -128,6 +261,112 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists Peerings in a given project.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the domain location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Filter specifying constraints of a list operation. For example, `peering.authoized_network ="/projects/myprojectid"`.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results following syntax at https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # ListPeeringsResponse is the response message for ListPeerings method.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "peerings": [ # A list of Managed Identities Service Peerings in the project.
+ { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+ },
+ ],
+ "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates the labels for specified Peering.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities Peering.
+ "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Required. The full names of the Google Compute Engine [networks](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected. Caller needs to make sure that CIDR subnets do not overlap between networks, else peering creation will fail.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created.
+ "domainResource": "A String", # Required. Full domain resource path for the Managed AD Domain involved in peering. The resource path should be in the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}`
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique name of the peering in this scope including projects and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this Peering.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this peering, if available.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from Peering: * `labels`
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
index 1a0ad3c..76898c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -175,6 +176,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -210,6 +212,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -254,6 +257,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
index a7d3c4b..38f4239 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -175,6 +176,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -210,6 +212,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
@@ -254,6 +257,7 @@
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
},
"description": "A String", # The description of the metadata import.
+ "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import finished.
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metadata import, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/metadataImports/{metadata_import_id}.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metadata import.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata import was last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
index ff906fd..0515797 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
@@ -180,6 +180,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -342,8 +343,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
}
@@ -392,6 +399,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -554,8 +562,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -611,6 +625,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -773,8 +788,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -883,6 +904,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -1045,8 +1067,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
},
],
@@ -1114,6 +1142,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -1276,8 +1305,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
}
@@ -1327,6 +1362,7 @@
"args": [ # Optional. Command-line arguments passed to the training application when it starts. If your job uses a custom container, then the arguments are passed to the container's `ENTRYPOINT` command.
"A String",
],
+ "enableWebAccess": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable web access for the training job.
"encryptionConfig": { # Represents a custom encryption key configuration that can be applied to a resource. # Optional. Options for using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) to protect resources created by a training job, instead of using Google's default encryption. If this is set, then all resources created by the training job will be encrypted with the customer-managed encryption key that you specify. [Learn how and when to use CMEK with AI Platform Training](/ai-platform/training/docs/cmek).
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer-managed encryption key used to protect a resource, such as a training job. It has the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{REGION}/keyRings/{KEY_RING_NAME}/cryptoKeys/{KEY_NAME}`
},
@@ -1489,8 +1525,14 @@
"startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time for the trial.
"state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the trial.
"trialId": "A String", # The trial id for these results.
+ "webAccessUris": { # The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job. Only set for in-progress hyperparameter tuning trials with web access enabled.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
+ "webAccessUris": { # Output only. The web URIs for the training job. Currently for debug terminal access to the job.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
index be919fa..bc05437 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
@@ -199,6 +199,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
}
serviceLevelObjectiveId: string, Optional. The ServiceLevelObjective id to use for this ServiceLevelObjective. If omitted, an id will be generated instead. Must match the pattern [a-z0-9\-]+
@@ -299,6 +302,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -428,6 +434,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -545,6 +554,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
},
],
}</pre>
@@ -662,6 +674,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
}
updateMask: string, A set of field paths defining which fields to use for the update.
@@ -762,6 +777,9 @@
"windowPeriod": "A String", # Duration over which window quality is evaluated. Must be an integer fraction of a day and at least 60s.
},
},
+ "userLabels": { # Labels which have been used to annotate the service-level objective. Label keys must start with a letter. Label keys and values may contain lowercase letters, numbers, underscores, and dashes. Label keys and values have a maximum length of 63 characters, and must be less than 128 bytes in size. Up to 64 label entries may be stored. For labels which do not have a semantic value, the empty string may be supplied for the label value.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index d7c4f74..9ff0f97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index e31ee63..c546555 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
"result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
"traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
{ # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
- "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+ "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
"destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
"destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
"destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index ddbe5d7..207ad34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -135,6 +135,9 @@
<code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#updateConfig">updateConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update Notebook Instance configurations.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#updateShieldedInstanceConfig">updateShieldedInstanceConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the Shielded instance configuration of a single Instance.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -1108,6 +1111,51 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="updateConfig">updateConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Update Notebook Instance configurations.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for updating instance configurations.
+ "config": { # Notebook instance configurations that can be updated. # The instance configurations to be updated.
+ "enableHealthMonitoring": True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. More info: go/notebooks-health
+ "notebookUpgradeSchedule": "A String", # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="updateShieldedInstanceConfig">updateShieldedInstanceConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Updates the Shielded instance configuration of a single Instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 69eff58..93d5fee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@
"os": "A String", # The OS affected by a vulnerability This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
"osVersion": "A String", # The version of the OS This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
"package": "A String", # The package being analysed for vulnerabilities
+ "packageType": "A String", # The type of package: os, maven, go, etc.
"unused": "A String",
"version": "A String", # The version of the package being analysed
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 65f3d03..4b28eb1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@
"os": "A String", # The OS affected by a vulnerability This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
"osVersion": "A String", # The version of the OS This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
"package": "A String", # The package being analysed for vulnerabilities
+ "packageType": "A String", # The type of package: os, maven, go, etc.
"unused": "A String",
"version": "A String", # The version of the package being analysed
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
index 7deb966..6607b07 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
@@ -145,6 +145,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -186,6 +190,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
}
subscriptionId: string, Required. Identifies the subscription resource on the Partner side. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum. If a subscription was previously created with the same subscription_id, we will directly return that one.
@@ -220,6 +228,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -267,6 +279,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -342,6 +358,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -377,6 +397,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
}
subscriptionId: string, Required. Identifies the subscription resource on the Partner side. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum. If a subscription was previously created with the same subscription_id, we will directly return that one.
@@ -411,6 +435,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -458,6 +486,10 @@
},
"state": "A String", # Output only. Descibes the state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. System generated timestamp when the subscription is most recently updated. UTC timezone.
+ "upgradeDowngradeDetails": { # Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. # Optional. Details about the previous subscription that this new subscription upgrades/downgrades from. Only populated if this subscription is an upgrade/downgrade from another subscription.
+ "billingCycleSpec": "A String", # Required. Specifies the billing cycle spec for the new upgraded/downgraded subscription.
+ "previousSubscriptionId": "A String", # Required. The previous subscription id to be replaced. This is not the full resource name, use the subscription_id segment only.
+ },
},
}</pre>
</div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
index fa389b1..cfdbea6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(resourceName, deleteContacts=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name.</p>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#update">update(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="batchGet">batchGet(groupFields=None, maxMembers=None, resourceNames=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
},
"requestedResourceName": "A String", # The original requested resource name.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user.
+ <pre>Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
Args:
body: object, The request body.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
},
"readGroupFields": "A String", # Optional. A field mask to restrict which fields on the group are returned. Defaults to `metadata`, `groupType`, and `name` if not set or set to empty. Valid fields are: * clientData * groupType * metadata * name
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
},
],
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="update">update(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user.
+ <pre>Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
Args:
resourceName: string, The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`. (required)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
},
"readGroupFields": "A String", # Optional. A field mask to restrict which fields on the group are returned. Defaults to `metadata`, `groupType`, and `name` if not set or set to empty. Valid fields are: * clientData * groupType * memberCount * metadata * name
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
"deleted": True or False, # Output only. True if the contact group resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`ListContactGroups`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactgroups/list) requests that include a sync token.
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the group was last updated.
},
- "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups.
+ "name": "A String", # The contact group name set by the group owner or a system provided name for system groups. For [`contactGroups.create`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/create) or [`contactGroups.update`](/people/api/rest/v1/contactGroups/update) the name must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
"resourceName": "A String", # The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`.
}</pre>
</div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index dd604c8..b765b1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@
Args:
pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of "Other contacts" to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 1000, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListOtherContacts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListOtherContacts` must match the call that provided the page token.
- readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * names * phoneNumbers
+ readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers * photos
requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should include `next_sync_token`, which can be used to get all changes since the last request. For subsequent sync requests use the `sync_token` param instead. Initial sync requests that specify `request_sync_token` have an additional rate limit.
syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous `ListOtherContacts` call. Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. Sync requests that specify `sync_token` have an additional rate limit. When the `syncToken` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with [`PersonMetadata.deleted`](/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person.PersonMetadata.FIELDS.deleted) set to true. When the `syncToken` is specified, all other parameters provided to `ListOtherContacts` must match the call that provided the sync token.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1852,9 +1852,9 @@
<pre>Provides a list of contacts in the authenticated user's other contacts that matches the search query. The query matches on a contact's `names`, `emailAddresses`, and `phoneNumbers` fields that are from the OTHER_CONTACT source. **IMPORTANT**: Before searching, clients should send a warmup request with an empty query to update the cache. See https://developers.google.com/people/v1/other-contacts#search_the_users_other_contacts
Args:
- pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 10 will be capped to 10.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 30 will be capped to 30.
query: string, Required. The plain-text query for the request. The query is used to match prefix phrases of the fields on a person. For example, a person with name "foo name" matches queries such as "f", "fo", "foo", "foo n", "nam", etc., but not "oo n".
- readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * names * phoneNumbers
+ readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
index d746ef0..d0a2bc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index 2d8ffc4..31ec742 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -5079,7 +5079,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -5558,7 +5558,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -5963,7 +5963,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -6425,7 +6425,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -6830,7 +6830,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -7295,7 +7295,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -7700,7 +7700,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -8183,7 +8183,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -8588,7 +8588,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -8858,7 +8858,7 @@
<pre>Provides a list of contacts in the authenticated user's grouped contacts that matches the search query. The query matches on a contact's `names`, `nickNames`, `emailAddresses`, `phoneNumbers`, and `organizations` fields that are from the CONTACT" source. **IMPORTANT**: Before searching, clients should send a warmup request with an empty query to update the cache. See https://developers.google.com/people/v1/contacts#search_the_users_contacts
Args:
- pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 10 will be capped to 10.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 30 will be capped to 30.
query: string, Required. The plain-text query for the request. The query is used to match prefix phrases of the fields on a person. For example, a person with name "foo name" matches queries such as "f", "fo", "foo", "foo n", "nam", etc., but not "oo n".
readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. (repeated)
@@ -9068,7 +9068,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -9473,7 +9473,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -9944,7 +9944,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -10349,7 +10349,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -10814,7 +10814,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -11219,7 +11219,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -11673,7 +11673,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -12078,7 +12078,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -12543,7 +12543,7 @@
"url": "A String", # The URL of the cover photo.
},
],
- "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses.
+ "emailAddresses": [ # The person's email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's email address.
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of the email.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -12948,7 +12948,7 @@
"type": "A String", # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
},
],
- "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers.
+ "phoneNumbers": [ # The person's phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling ['people.get'](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
{ # A person's phone number.
"canonicalForm": "A String", # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
"formattedType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer's account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
index a3e9183..8db42ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -647,8 +647,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -922,8 +922,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -1206,8 +1206,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
index 2d6107f..c09a146 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -379,8 +379,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -889,8 +889,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -1156,8 +1156,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -1403,8 +1403,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
@@ -1663,8 +1663,8 @@
},
"subjectDescription": { # These values describe fields in an issued X.509 certificate such as the distinguished name, subject alternative names, serial number, and lifetime. # Describes some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject and lifetime.
"hexSerialNumber": "A String", # The serial number encoded in lowercase hexadecimal.
- "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate. Corresponds to 'not_after_time' - 'not_before_time'.
- "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate expires.
+ "lifetime": "A String", # For convenience, the actual lifetime of an issued certificate.
+ "notAfterTime": "A String", # The time after which the certificate is expired. Per RFC 5280, the validity period for a certificate is the period of time from not_before_time through not_after_time, inclusive. Corresponds to 'not_before_time' + 'lifetime' - 1 second.
"notBeforeTime": "A String", # The time at which the certificate becomes valid.
"subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and / organization.
"commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
index 71ac803..4576ba7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may appear in Certificates issued through this CaPool. If this is omitted, then this CaPool will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may appear in Certificates issued through this CaPool. If this is omitted, then this CaPool will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may appear in Certificates issued through this CaPool. If this is omitted, then this CaPool will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may appear in Certificates issued through this CaPool. If this is omitted, then this CaPool will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
index b230a7d..8b6eb05 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may be appear in Certificates issued using this template. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may be appear in Certificates issued using this template. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may be appear in Certificates issued using this template. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
"identityConstraints": { # Describes constraints on a Certificate's Subject and SubjectAltNames. # Optional. Describes constraints on identities that may be appear in Certificates issued using this template. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's identity.
"allowSubjectAltNamesPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the SubjectAltNames extension may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested SubjectAltNames will be discarded.
"allowSubjectPassthrough": True or False, # Required. If this is true, the Subject field may be copied from a certificate request into the signed certificate. Otherwise, the requested Subject will be discarded.
- "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/cel-guide
+ "celExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. A CEL expression that may be used to validate the resolved X.509 Subject and/or Subject Alternative Name before a certificate is signed. To see the full allowed syntax and some examples, see https://cloud.google.com/certificate-authority-service/docs/using-cel
"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
"expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
"location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
index 3c04fd2..0db05f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
index 2b2ee4d..1afde95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
@@ -171,6 +171,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -305,6 +306,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -454,6 +456,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -613,6 +616,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -759,6 +763,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -954,6 +959,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1089,6 +1095,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1226,6 +1233,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1387,6 +1395,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
index 124322b..b08d522 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
index 24bb438..da87ec7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
@@ -182,6 +182,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -360,6 +361,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -495,6 +497,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -632,6 +635,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -793,6 +797,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
index e2840d6..5a793d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
index 4b25e21..d63ba7d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
@@ -171,6 +171,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -305,6 +306,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -454,6 +456,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -613,6 +616,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -759,6 +763,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -954,6 +959,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1089,6 +1095,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1226,6 +1233,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1387,6 +1395,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
index a033e32..b61d4c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.biddingFunctions.html b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.biddingFunctions.html
index f0a451c..f77cba2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.biddingFunctions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.biddingFunctions.html
@@ -75,6 +75,12 @@
<h1><a href="realtimebidding_v1alpha.html">Real-time Bidding API</a> . <a href="realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.html">bidders</a> . <a href="realtimebidding_v1alpha.bidders.biddingFunctions.html">biddingFunctions</a></h1>
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Activates an existing bidding function. An activated function is available for invocation for the server-side TURTLEDOVE simulations.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#archive">archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Archives an existing bidding function. An archived function will not be available for function invocation for the server-side TURTLEDOVE simulations unless it is activated.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
@@ -88,6 +94,62 @@
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Activates an existing bidding function. An activated function is available for invocation for the server-side TURTLEDOVE simulations.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the bidding function to activate. Format: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunction/{bidding_function_name}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to activate a bidding function.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The bidding function to be executed as part of the TURTLEDOVE simulation experiment bidding flow.
+ "biddingFunction": "A String", # The raw Javascript source code of the bidding function.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the bidding function that must follow the pattern: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunctions/{bidding_function_name}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the bidding function.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding function to be created.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="archive">archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Archives an existing bidding function. An archived function will not be available for function invocation for the server-side TURTLEDOVE simulations unless it is activated.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the bidding function to archive. Format: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunction/{bidding_function_name}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to archive a bidding function.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The bidding function to be executed as part of the TURTLEDOVE simulation experiment bidding flow.
+ "biddingFunction": "A String", # The raw Javascript source code of the bidding function.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the bidding function that must follow the pattern: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunctions/{bidding_function_name}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the bidding function.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding function to be created.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
<pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
</div>
@@ -104,6 +166,7 @@
{ # The bidding function to be executed as part of the TURTLEDOVE simulation experiment bidding flow.
"biddingFunction": "A String", # The raw Javascript source code of the bidding function.
"name": "A String", # The name of the bidding function that must follow the pattern: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunctions/{bidding_function_name}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the bidding function.
"type": "A String", # The type of the bidding function to be created.
}
@@ -118,6 +181,7 @@
{ # The bidding function to be executed as part of the TURTLEDOVE simulation experiment bidding flow.
"biddingFunction": "A String", # The raw Javascript source code of the bidding function.
"name": "A String", # The name of the bidding function that must follow the pattern: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunctions/{bidding_function_name}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the bidding function.
"type": "A String", # The type of the bidding function to be created.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -143,6 +207,7 @@
{ # The bidding function to be executed as part of the TURTLEDOVE simulation experiment bidding flow.
"biddingFunction": "A String", # The raw Javascript source code of the bidding function.
"name": "A String", # The name of the bidding function that must follow the pattern: `bidders/{bidder_account_id}/biddingFunctions/{bidding_function_name}`.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the bidding function.
"type": "A String", # The type of the bidding function to be created.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 6928894..e20047a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 1a78b7d..45b89cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 7381735..fea2501 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index e284a00..db2ddcf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index ad86eb4..f51482c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index e2234e9..e212753 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 7997839..3bee08a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 03057a8..4a2a22f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index b977a54..9c98cb6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 5d8d6fa..bc46625 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 92ae37d..b6c40aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index f1917b7..6107088 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index ba2891e..c3dd3bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 4fdb625..e198f0e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index bed52df..8c97ff8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
<pre>Lists insights for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `stateInfo.state` * `insightSubtype` * `severity` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `insightSubtype = PERMISSIONS_USAGE` * `severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (severity = CRITICAL OR severity = HIGH)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 1629f14..3c25e53 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
<pre>Lists recommendations for the specified Cloud Resource. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified recommender.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` * `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/recommenders/[RECOMMENDER_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ RECOMMENDER_ID refers to supported recommenders: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/recommenders. (required)
filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the recommendations returned. Supported filter fields: * `state_info.state` * `recommenderSubtype` * `priority` Examples: * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE OR stateInfo.state = DISMISSED` * `recommenderSubtype = REMOVE_ROLE OR recommenderSubtype = REPLACE_ROLE` * `priority = P1 OR priority = P2` * `stateInfo.state = ACTIVE AND (priority = P1 OR priority = P2)` (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160)
pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 33625d2..6ccbd73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 3b7f691..bae475a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
"weeklyMaintenanceWindow": [ # Optional. Maintenance window that is applied to resources covered by this policy. Minimum 1. For the current version, the maximum number of weekly_window is expected to be one.
{ # Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.
"day": "A String", # Required. The day of week that maintenance updates occur.
- "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 3 hours.
+ "duration": "A String", # Output only. Duration of the maintenance window. The current window is fixed at 1 hour.
"startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start time of the window in UTC time.
"hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
"minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html
index 5fb7051..ccfb5e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -128,6 +129,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -145,6 +149,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -159,6 +164,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}
@@ -176,6 +184,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -190,6 +199,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -208,6 +220,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -222,6 +235,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}
@@ -238,6 +254,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -252,6 +269,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}</pre>
</div>
@@ -270,6 +290,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -284,6 +305,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}
@@ -300,6 +324,7 @@
"customerDomain": "A String", # The customer's primary domain name string. `customerDomain` is required when creating a new customer. Do not include the `www` prefix in the domain when adding a customer.
"customerDomainVerified": True or False, # Whether the customer's primary domain has been verified.
"customerId": "A String", # This property will always be returned in a response as the unique identifier generated by Google. In a request, this property can be either the primary domain or the unique identifier generated by Google.
+ "customerType": "A String", # The type of the customer (DOMAIN or TEAM), default is DOMAIN.
"kind": "reseller#customer", # Identifies the resource as a customer. Value: `reseller#customer`
"phoneNumber": "A String", # Customer contact phone number. Must start with "+" followed by the country code. The rest of the number can be contiguous numbers or respect the phone local format conventions, but it must be a real phone number and not, for example, "123". This field is silently ignored if invalid.
"postalAddress": { # JSON template for address of a customer. # A customer's address information. Each field has a limit of 255 charcters.
@@ -314,6 +339,9 @@
"postalCode": "A String", # A `postalCode` example is a postal zip code such as `94043`. This property is required when creating a new customer.
"region": "A String", # An example of a `region` value is `CA` for the state of California.
},
+ "primaryAdmin": { # JSON template for primary admin in case of TEAM customers # The first admin details of the customer, present in case of TEAM customer.
+ "primaryEmail": "A String", # Primary admin's domained email This email's domain will be used to create TEAM customer
+ },
"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Admin console dashboard. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task in the Admin console.
}</pre>
</div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e2eb51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.folders.html">folders</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.folders.settings.html">settings()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the settings Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.settings.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.settings.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b42d53d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.folders.settings.html
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.folders.html">folders</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.folders.settings.html">settings</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the setting to get. See Setting for naming requirements. (required)
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The project, folder, or organization that is the parent resource for this setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}` * `projects/{project_id}` * `folders/{folder_id}` * `organizations/{organization_id}` (required)
+ pageSize: integer, Unused. The size of the page to be returned.
+ pageToken: string, Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The response from ListSettings.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ "settings": [ # A list of settings that are available at the specified Cloud resource.
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d783fc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.folders.html">folders()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the folders Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html">organizations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the organizations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+ <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+ Args:
+ callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+ form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+ request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+ third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+ error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+ occurred.
+
+ Returns:
+ A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e708348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html">organizations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.organizations.settings.html">settings()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the settings Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.settings.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.settings.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..281c526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.organizations.settings.html
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.organizations.html">organizations</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.organizations.settings.html">settings</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the setting to get. See Setting for naming requirements. (required)
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The project, folder, or organization that is the parent resource for this setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}` * `projects/{project_id}` * `folders/{folder_id}` * `organizations/{organization_id}` (required)
+ pageSize: integer, Unused. The size of the page to be returned.
+ pageToken: string, Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The response from ListSettings.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ "settings": [ # A list of settings that are available at the specified Cloud resource.
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..833d6b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="resourcesettings_v1.projects.settings.html">settings()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the settings Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.settings.html b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.settings.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8d0993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/resourcesettings_v1.projects.settings.html
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="resourcesettings_v1.html">Resource Settings API</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="resourcesettings_v1.projects.settings.html">settings</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Returns a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the setting to get. See Setting for naming requirements. (required)
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Lists all the settings that are available on the Cloud resource `parent`.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The project, folder, or organization that is the parent resource for this setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}` * `projects/{project_id}` * `folders/{folder_id}` * `organizations/{organization_id}` (required)
+ pageSize: integer, Unused. The size of the page to be returned.
+ pageToken: string, Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ view: string, The SettingView for this request.
+ Allowed values
+ SETTING_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the SETTING_VIEW_BASIC view.
+ SETTING_VIEW_BASIC - Include Setting.metadata, but nothing else. This is the default value (for both ListSettings and GetSetting).
+ SETTING_VIEW_EFFECTIVE_VALUE - Include Setting.effective_value, but nothing else.
+ SETTING_VIEW_LOCAL_VALUE - Include Setting.local_value, but nothing else.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The response from ListSettings.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Unused. A page token used to retrieve the next page.
+ "settings": [ # A list of settings that are available at the specified Cloud resource.
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+ },
+ ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+ <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+ </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates a specified setting. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the setting does not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the setting is flagged as read only. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the setting value. On success, the response will contain only `name`, `local_value` and `etag`. The `metadata` and `effective_value` cannot be updated through this API. Note: the supplied setting will perform a full overwrite of the `local_value` field.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature" (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The schema for settings.
+ "effectiveValue": { # The data in a setting value. # Output only. The effective value of the setting at the given parent resource, evaluated based on the resource hierarchy The effective value evaluates to one of the following options, in this order. If an option is not valid or doesn't exist, then the next option is used: 1. The local setting value on the given resource: Setting.local_value 2. If one of the given resource's ancestors in the resource hierarchy have a local setting value, the local value at the nearest such ancestor. 3. The setting's default value: SettingMetadata.default_value 4. An empty value, defined as a `Value` with all fields unset. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "etag": "A String", # A fingerprint used for optimistic concurrency. See UpdateSetting for more details.
+ "localValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The configured value of the setting at the given parent resource, ignoring the resource hierarchy. The data type of Value must always be consistent with the data type defined in Setting.metadata.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user. # Output only. Metadata about a setting which is not editable by the end user.
+ "dataType": "A String", # The data type for this setting.
+ "defaultValue": { # The data in a setting value. # The value provided by Setting.effective_value if no setting value is explicitly set. Note: not all settings have a default value.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # Defines this value as being a boolean value.
+ "durationValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a Duration.
+ "enumValue": { # A enum value that can hold any enum type setting values. Each enum type is represented by a number, this representation is stored in the definitions. # Defines this value as being a Enum.
+ "value": "A String", # The value of this enum
+ },
+ "stringMapValue": { # A string->string map value that can hold a map of string keys to string values. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 key-value pairs in the map. # Defines this value as being a StringMap.
+ "mappings": { # The key-value pairs in the map
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ },
+ "stringSetValue": { # A string set value that can hold a set of strings. The maximum length of each string is 200 characters and there can be a maximum of 50 strings in the string set. # Defines this value as being a StringSet.
+ "values": [ # The strings in the set
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "stringValue": "A String", # Defines this value as being a string value.
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # A detailed description of what this setting does.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name for this setting.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # A flag indicating that values of this setting cannot be modified. See documentation for the specific setting for updates and reasons.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the setting. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/settings/{setting_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/settings/{setting_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/settings/{setting_name}` For example, "/projects/123/settings/gcp-enableMyFeature"
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 643974d..8a17f88 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
},
"pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
"pageToken": "A String", # The previous PredictResponse.next_page_token.
- "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results.
+ "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product category.
"a_key": "",
},
"userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index d0c40b9..d414bc3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
},
"pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
"pageToken": "A String", # The previous PredictResponse.next_page_token.
- "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results.
+ "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product category.
"a_key": "",
},
"userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 1caef0c..1b93ab3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
},
"pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
"pageToken": "A String", # The previous PredictResponse.next_page_token.
- "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results.
+ "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request level control and adjust prediction results based on product category.
"a_key": "",
},
"userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 64c82ee..c405905 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -110,21 +110,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -144,21 +144,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -176,198 +176,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -423,21 +423,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -457,21 +457,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -489,198 +489,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
index 1e4e6ed..85f0c0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
@@ -111,21 +111,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -184,21 +184,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -308,21 +308,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -397,21 +397,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index 554d728..b551af3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -158,21 +158,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -190,198 +190,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -436,21 +436,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -468,198 +468,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
index 4ff64a6..4f89da5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
@@ -110,21 +110,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -211,21 +211,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index ecd7528..fac7856 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -114,21 +114,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -180,198 +180,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -435,21 +435,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -469,21 +469,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -501,198 +501,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -807,21 +807,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -841,21 +841,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -873,198 +873,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1144,21 +1144,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1178,21 +1178,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1210,198 +1210,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1477,21 +1477,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1511,21 +1511,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1543,198 +1543,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1798,21 +1798,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1832,21 +1832,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1864,198 +1864,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index d5fb249..0d6d9cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -110,21 +110,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -144,21 +144,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -176,198 +176,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -423,21 +423,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -457,21 +457,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -489,198 +489,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
index 0136361..127eb6f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
@@ -111,21 +111,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -184,21 +184,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -308,21 +308,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -397,21 +397,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index 92a0a37..262af1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -158,21 +158,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -190,198 +190,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -436,21 +436,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -468,198 +468,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
index f51543a..782ded0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
@@ -110,21 +110,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -211,21 +211,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index b693a65..078d50c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -123,21 +123,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -157,21 +157,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -189,198 +189,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -444,21 +444,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -478,21 +478,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -510,198 +510,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -816,21 +816,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -850,21 +850,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -882,198 +882,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1201,21 +1201,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1235,21 +1235,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1267,198 +1267,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1534,21 +1534,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1568,21 +1568,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1600,198 +1600,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
@@ -1855,21 +1855,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1889,21 +1889,21 @@
"annotations": { # (Optional) Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
+ "clusterName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
- "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
- "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
+ "deletionGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.
+ "deletionTimestamp": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource is expected to be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field, once the finalizers list is empty. As long as the finalizers list contains items, deletion is blocked. Once the deletionTimestamp is set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. After that 30 seconds, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal (SIGKILL) to the container and after cleanup, remove the pod from the API. In the presence of network partitions, this object may still exist after this timestamp, until an administrator or automated process can determine the resource is fully terminated. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested. Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata
+ "finalizers": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed. +patchStrategy=merge
"A String",
],
- "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
+ "generateName": "A String", # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server. If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header). Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency string generateName = 2;
"generation": 42, # (Optional) A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.
"labels": { # (Optional) Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and routes. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/labels
"a_key": "A String",
},
"name": "A String", # Name must be unique within a namespace, within a Cloud Run region. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/identifiers#names +optional
"namespace": "A String", # Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique, within a Cloud Run region. In Cloud Run the namespace must be equal to either the project ID or project number.
- "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
+ "ownerReferences": [ # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run List of objects that own this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected.
{ # OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.
"apiVersion": "A String", # API version of the referent.
"blockOwnerDeletion": True or False, # If true, AND if the owner has the "foregroundDeletion" finalizer, then the owner cannot be deleted from the key-value store until this reference is removed. Defaults to false. To set this field, a user needs "delete" permission of the owner, otherwise 422 (Unprocessable Entity) will be returned. +optional
@@ -1921,198 +1921,198 @@
"containerConcurrency": 42, # (Optional) ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
"containers": [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
{ # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
- "args": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
+ "args": [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
"A String",
],
"command": [
"A String",
],
- "env": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of environment variables to set in the container.
+ "env": [ # (Optional) List of environment variables to set in the container.
{ # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
"name": "A String", # Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
"value": "A String", # (Optional) Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any route environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. Defaults to "".
- "valueFrom": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
- "configMapKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to select.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "valueFrom": { # EnvVarSource represents a source for the value of an EnvVar. # (Optional) Source for the environment variable's value. Only supports secret_key_ref. Source for the environment variable's value. Cannot be used if value is not empty.
+ "configMapKeyRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key from a ConfigMap. # (Optional) Not supported by Cloud Run Selects a key of a ConfigMap.
+ "key": "A String", # The key to select.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap or its key must be defined
},
- "secretKeyRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported. Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported. Selects a key of a secret in the pod's namespace.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "secretKeyRef": { # SecretKeySelector selects a key of a Secret. # (Optional) Selects a key (version) of a secret in Secret Manager.
+ "key": "A String", # A Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Must be 'latest' for the latest version or an integer for a specific version. The key of the secret to select from. Must be a valid secret key.
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. The name of the secret in the pod's namespace to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its key must be defined
},
},
},
],
- "envFrom": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
- "configMapRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "envFrom": [ # (Optional) List of sources to populate environment variables in the container. The keys defined within a source must be a C_IDENTIFIER. All invalid keys will be reported as an event when the container is starting. When a key exists in multiple sources, the value associated with the last source will take precedence. Values defined by an Env with a duplicate key will take precedence. Cannot be updated.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run EnvFromSource represents the source of a set of ConfigMaps
+ "configMapRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ConfigMapEnvSource selects a ConfigMap to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The ConfigMap to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The ConfigMap to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The ConfigMap to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the ConfigMap must be defined
},
- "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
- "secretRef": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from
- "localObjectReference": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
- "name": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
+ "prefix": "A String", # (Optional) An optional identifier to prepend to each key in the ConfigMap. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
+ "secretRef": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecretEnvSource selects a Secret to populate the environment variables with. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will represent the key-value pairs as environment variables. # (Optional) The Secret to select from
+ "localObjectReference": { # Not supported by Cloud Run LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. # This field should not be used directly as it is meant to be inlined directly into the message. Use the "name" field instead.
+ "name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The Secret to select from.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret must be defined
+ "name": "A String", # The Secret to select from.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret must be defined
},
},
],
- "image": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: only supports containers from Google Container Registry Cloud Run for Anthos: supported URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
- "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
- "livenessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "image": "A String", # Only supports containers from Google Container Registry or Artifact Registry URL of the Container image. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images
+ "imagePullPolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Image pull policy. One of Always, Never, IfNotPresent. Defaults to Always if :latest tag is specified, or IfNotPresent otherwise. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/containers/images#updating-images
+ "livenessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container liveness. Container will be restarted if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
"name": "A String", # (Optional) Name of the container specified as a DNS_LABEL. Currently unused in Cloud Run. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#dns-label-names
"ports": [ # (Optional) List of ports to expose from the container. Only a single port can be specified. The specified ports must be listening on all interfaces (0.0.0.0) within the container to be accessible. If omitted, a port number will be chosen and passed to the container through the PORT environment variable for the container to listen on.
{ # ContainerPort represents a network port in a single container.
"containerPort": 42, # (Optional) Port number the container listens on. This must be a valid port number, 0 < x < 65536.
"name": "A String", # (Optional) If specified, used to specify which protocol to use. Allowed values are "http1" and "h2c".
- "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
+ "protocol": "A String", # (Optional) Protocol for port. Must be "TCP". Defaults to "TCP".
},
],
- "readinessProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "readinessProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Periodic probe of container service readiness. Container will be removed from service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
- "limits": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
+ "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "requests": { # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+ "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1' and '2'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
- "securityContext": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
- "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
+ "securityContext": { # Not supported by Cloud Run SecurityContext holds security configuration that will be applied to a container. Some fields are present in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext. When both are set, the values in SecurityContext take precedence. # (Optional) Security options the pod should run with. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/security-context/ More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/
+ "runAsUser": 42, # (Optional) The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process. Defaults to user specified in image metadata if unspecified. May also be set in PodSecurityContext. If set in both SecurityContext and PodSecurityContext, the value specified in SecurityContext takes precedence.
},
- "startupProbe": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: not supported Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "exec": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "command": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+ "startupProbe": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # (Optional) Startup probe of application within the container. All other probes are disabled if a startup probe is provided, until it succeeds. Container will not be added to service endpoints if the probe fails. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "exec": { # Not supported by Cloud Run ExecAction describes a "run in container" action. # (Optional) One and only one of the following should be specified. Exec specifies the action to take. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "command": [ # (Optional) Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
"A String",
],
},
- "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
- "httpGet": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
- "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field name
- "value": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The header field value
+ "failureThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive failures for the probe to be considered failed after having succeeded. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1.
+ "httpGet": { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # (Optional) HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform. A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+ "httpHeaders": [ # (Optional) Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run HTTPHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+ "name": "A String", # The header field name
+ "value": "A String", # The header field value
},
],
- "path": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path to access on the HTTP server.
- "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
+ "path": "A String", # (Optional) Path to access on the HTTP server.
+ "scheme": "A String", # (Optional) Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP.
},
- "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
- "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
- "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
- "tcpSocket": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
- "host": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
- "port": 42, # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
+ "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after the container has started before liveness probes are initiated. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "periodSeconds": 42, # (Optional) How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1.
+ "successThreshold": 42, # (Optional) Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Defaults to 1. Must be 1 for liveness. Minimum value is 1.
+ "tcpSocket": { # Not supported by Cloud Run TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # (Optional) TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port. TCP hooks not yet supported A field inlined from the Handler message.
+ "host": "A String", # (Optional) Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the pod IP.
+ "port": 42, # Number or name of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. Name must be an IANA_SVC_NAME. This field is currently limited to integer types only because of proto's inability to properly support the IntOrString golang type.
},
- "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
+ "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
},
- "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
- "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
- "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
- "mountPath": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported This must match the Name of a Volume.
- "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
- "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
+ "terminationMessagePath": "A String", # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container's termination message will be written is mounted into the container's filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
+ "terminationMessagePolicy": "A String", # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
+ "volumeMounts": [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container's filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container's filesystem.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+ "mountPath": "A String", # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain ':'.
+ "name": "A String", # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+ "readOnly": True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
+ "subPath": "A String", # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container's volume should be mounted. Defaults to "" (volume's root).
},
],
- "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
+ "workingDir": "A String", # (Optional) Container's working directory. If not specified, the container runtime's default will be used, which might be configured in the container image.
},
],
"serviceAccountName": "A String", # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project's default service account.
"timeoutSeconds": 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
"volumes": [
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume represents a named volume in a container.
- "configMap": { # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+ "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the config.
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the config.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
},
- "name": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Volume's name.
- "secret": { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported
- "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
- "items": [ # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: supported If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
- { # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
- "key": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The key to project.
- "mode": 42, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
- "path": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
+ "name": "A String", # Volume's name.
+ "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
+ "defaultMode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod "777" (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+ "items": [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
+ { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
+ "key": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
+ "mode": 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+ "path": "A String", # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element '..'. May not start with the string '..'.
},
],
- "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Cloud Run fully managed: not supported Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
- "secretName": "A String", # Cloud Run fully managed: supported The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Cloud Run for Anthos: supported Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
+ "optional": True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
+ "secretName": "A String", # The name of the secret in Cloud Secret Manager. By default, the secret is assumed to be in the same project. If the secret is in another project, you must define an alias. An alias definition has the form: :projects//secrets/. If multiple alias definitions are needed, they must be separated by commas. The alias definitions must be set on the run.googleapis.com/secrets annotation. Name of the secret in the container's namespace to use.
},
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
index 2e2b760..97c799f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
index ef7b003..f114084 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.devices.html
@@ -171,6 +171,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -305,6 +306,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -454,6 +456,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -613,6 +616,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -759,6 +763,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -954,6 +959,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1089,6 +1095,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1226,6 +1233,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1387,6 +1395,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
index dce0ae9..e4e8c62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
index fe85736..00d361d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.devices.html
@@ -182,6 +182,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -360,6 +361,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -495,6 +497,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -632,6 +635,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -793,6 +797,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
index 37968bf..0552795 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
index b0efd2d..e2e6a0f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.devices.html
@@ -171,6 +171,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -305,6 +306,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -454,6 +456,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -613,6 +616,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -759,6 +763,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -954,6 +959,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1089,6 +1095,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1226,6 +1233,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -1387,6 +1395,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
index dca3ff5..0c86bda 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
@@ -582,6 +585,7 @@
},
],
"deviceMetadata": { # Device data overridable by both SAS Portal and registration requests. # Device parameters that can be overridden by both SAS Portal and SAS registration requests.
+ "antennaModel": "A String", # If populated, the Antenna Model Pattern to use. Format is: RecordCreatorId:PatternId
},
"displayName": "A String", # Device display name.
"fccId": "A String", # The FCC identifier of the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index 6528d43..04e0296 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -168,14 +168,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
@@ -370,14 +370,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
@@ -479,14 +479,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
{ # Request passed to UpdateTransferJob.
"projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform Console project that owns the job.
- "transferJob": { # This resource represents the configuration of a transfer job that runs periodically. # Required. The job to update. `transferJob` is expected to specify only four fields: description, transfer_spec, notification_config, and status. An `UpdateTransferJobRequest` that specifies other fields are rejected with the error INVALID_ARGUMENT. Updating a job satus to DELETED requires `storagetransfer.jobs.delete` permissions.
+ "transferJob": { # This resource represents the configuration of a transfer job that runs periodically. # Required. The job to update. `transferJob` is expected to specify only four fields: description, transfer_spec, notification_config, and status. An `UpdateTransferJobRequest` that specifies other fields are rejected with the error INVALID_ARGUMENT. Updating a job status to DELETED requires `storagetransfer.jobs.delete` permissions.
"creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the transfer job was created.
"deletionTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the transfer job was deleted.
"description": "A String", # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
@@ -596,14 +596,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
@@ -695,14 +695,14 @@
"storageAccount": "A String", # Required. The name of the Azure Storage account.
},
"gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data sink.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
"gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # A Cloud Storage data source.
- "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#requirements)).
- "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. (must meet Object Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/naming#objectnames)).
+ "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements).
+ "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames).
},
- "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
+ "httpDataSource": { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `"TsvHttpData-1.0"`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object will not be transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer will fail. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
"listUrl": "A String", # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
},
"objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects will be transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
index 912cb2c..37f1ebe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
@@ -78,6 +78,9 @@
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -87,6 +90,39 @@
</div>
<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).
+
+Args:
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for IntrospectToken.
+ "token": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.
+ "tokenTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for IntrospectToken.
+ "active": True or False, # A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.
+ "client_id": "A String", # The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.
+ "exp": "A String", # The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.
+ "iat": "A String", # The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.
+ "iss": "A String", # The issuer of the provided token.
+ "scope": "A String", # A list of scopes associated with the provided token.
+ "sub": "A String", # The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.
+ "username": "A String", # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//subject/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
<pre>Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
index 5b8b4ff..f99e856 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index d458b7e..bb10346 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
},
],
"image": { # Overlaid jpeg image. # Image overlay.
- "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values: `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent).
+ "alpha": 3.14, # Target image opacity. Valid values are from `1.0` (solid, default) to `0.0` (transparent), exclusive. Set this to a value greater than `0.0`.
"resolution": { # 2D normalized coordinates. Default: `{0.0, 0.0}` # Normalized image resolution, based on output video resolution. Valid values: `0.0`–`1.0`. To respect the original image aspect ratio, set either `x` or `y` to `0.0`. To use the original image resolution, set both `x` and `y` to `0.0`.
"x": 3.14, # Normalized x coordinate.
"y": 3.14, # Normalized y coordinate.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.html
index 756441e..998cf82 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. Project or location to make a call. Must refer to a caller's project. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. For global calls, use `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}`. Non-global location is required for AutoML models. Only models within the same region (have same location-id) can be used, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
displayLanguageCode: string, Optional. The language to use to return localized, human readable names of supported languages. If missing, then display names are not returned in a response.
- model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general base (PBMT) model.
+ model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general NMT model.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The format of the source text, for example, "text/html", "text/plain". If left blank, the MIME type defaults to "text/html".
- "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If missing, the system decides which google base model to use.
+ "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used
"sourceLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input text if known, for example, "en-US" or "sr-Latn". Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn't specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response.
"targetLanguageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input text, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
index f2770ed..fbdafce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
"labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. See https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/advanced/labels for more information.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
+ "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"outputConfig": { # Output configuration for BatchTranslateText request. # Required. Output configuration. If 2 input configs match to the same file (that is, same input path), we don't generate output for duplicate inputs.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. Project or location to make a call. Must refer to a caller's project. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. For global calls, use `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}`. Non-global location is required for AutoML models. Only models within the same region (have same location-id) can be used, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
displayLanguageCode: string, Optional. The language to use to return localized, human readable names of supported languages. If missing, then display names are not returned in a response.
- model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general base (PBMT) model.
+ model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general NMT model.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The format of the source text, for example, "text/html", "text/plain". If left blank, the MIME type defaults to "text/html".
- "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If missing, the system decides which google base model to use.
+ "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used
"sourceLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input text if known, for example, "en-US" or "sr-Latn". Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn't specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response.
"targetLanguageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input text, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.html
index b7d97b2..045858d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. Project or location to make a call. Must refer to a caller's project. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. For global calls, use `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}`. Non-global location is required for AutoML models. Only models within the same region (have same location-id) can be used, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
displayLanguageCode: string, Optional. The language to use to return localized, human readable names of supported languages. If missing, then display names are not returned in a response.
- model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general base (PBMT) model.
+ model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general NMT model.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The format of the source text, for example, "text/html", "text/plain". If left blank, the MIME type defaults to "text/html".
- "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If missing, the system decides which google base model to use.
+ "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used
"sourceLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input text if known, for example, "en-US" or "sr-Latn". Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn't specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response.
"targetLanguageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input text, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
index 2e86140..d6d4c31 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
},
},
],
- "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is the model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
+ "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is the model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"outputConfig": { # Output configuration for BatchTranslateDocument request. # Required. Output configuration. If 2 input configs match to the same file (that is, same input path), we don't generate output for duplicate inputs.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
"labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. See https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/labels for more information.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
+ "models": { # Optional. The models to use for translation. Map's key is target language code. Map's value is model name. Value can be a built-in general model, or an AutoML Translation model. The value format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If the map is empty or a specific model is not requested for a language pair, then default google model (nmt) is used.
"a_key": "A String",
},
"outputConfig": { # Output configuration for BatchTranslateText request. # Required. Output configuration. If 2 input configs match to the same file (that is, same input path), we don't generate output for duplicate inputs.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
Args:
parent: string, Required. Project or location to make a call. Must refer to a caller's project. Format: `projects/{project-number-or-id}` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}`. For global calls, use `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global` or `projects/{project-number-or-id}`. Non-global location is required for AutoML models. Only models within the same region (have same location-id) can be used, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT (400) error is returned. (required)
displayLanguageCode: string, Optional. The language to use to return localized, human readable names of supported languages. If missing, then display names are not returned in a response.
- model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general base (PBMT) model.
+ model: string, Optional. Get supported languages of this model. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, Returns languages supported by the specified model. If missing, we get supported languages of Google general NMT model.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
"labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. See https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/advanced/labels for more information.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used for translation.
+ "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used for translation.
"sourceLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input document if known, for example, "en-US" or "sr-Latn". Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn't specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response. Source language must be specified if the request contains a glossary or a custom model.
"targetLanguageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input document, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
}
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
"a_key": "A String",
},
"mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The format of the source text, for example, "text/html", "text/plain". If left blank, the MIME type defaults to "text/html".
- "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/base` For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If missing, the system decides which google base model to use.
+ "model": "A String", # Optional. The `model` type requested for this translation. The format depends on model type: - AutoML Translation models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/{model-id}` - General (built-in) models: `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/{location-id}/models/general/nmt`, For global (non-regionalized) requests, use `location-id` `global`. For example, `projects/{project-number-or-id}/locations/global/models/general/nmt`. If not provided, the default Google model (NMT) will be used
"sourceLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code of the input text if known, for example, "en-US" or "sr-Latn". Supported language codes are listed in Language Support. If the source language isn't specified, the API attempts to identify the source language automatically and returns the source language within the response.
"targetLanguageCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 language code to use for translation of the input text, set to one of the language codes listed in Language Support.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.exports.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.exports.html
index 81bf92f..e89c058 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.exports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.exports.html
@@ -79,16 +79,16 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an Export.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an export.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(matterId, exportId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes an Export.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an export.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(matterId, exportId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets an Export.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an export.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists Exports.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists details about the exports in the specified matter.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -100,91 +100,91 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates an Export.
+ <pre>Creates an export.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # An export To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for cloud storage files. # Output only. Export sink for cloud storage files.
- "files": [ # Output only. The exported files on cloud storage.
- { # An export file on cloud storage
- "bucketName": "A String", # The cloud storage bucket name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API, but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can get individual export files by object name.
+{ # An export. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for Cloud Storage files. # Output only. The sink for export files in Cloud Storage.
+ "files": [ # Output only. The exported files in Cloud Storage.
+ { # The export file in Cloud Storage
+ "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage bucket for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis), but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can [get individual export files](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objects/get) by object name.
"md5Hash": "A String", # The md5 hash of the file.
- "objectName": "A String", # The cloud storage object name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API.
- "size": "A String", # The size of the export file.
+ "objectName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage object for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis).
+ "size": "A String", # The export file size.
},
],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the export was created.
- "exportOptions": { # Export advanced options # Advanced options of the export.
- "driveOptions": { # The options for Drive export. # Option available for Drive export.
- "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # Set to true to include access level information for users with indirect access to files.
+ "exportOptions": { # Additional options for exports # Additional export options.
+ "driveOptions": { # Options for Drive exports. # Options for Drive exports.
+ "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # To include access level information for users with [indirect access](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6099459#metadata) to files, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsOptions": { # The options for groups export. # Option available for groups export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for groups export.
+ "groupsOptions": { # Options for Groups exports. # Options for Groups exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # The options for hangouts chat export. # Option available for hangouts chat export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for hangouts chat export.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Options for Chat exports. # Options for Chat exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "mailOptions": { # The options for mail export. # Option available for mail export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export file format.
- "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # Set to true to export confidential mode content.
+ "mailOptions": { # Options for Gmail exports. # Options for Gmail exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
+ "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # To export confidential mode content, set to **true**.
},
- "region": "A String", # The requested export location.
- "voiceOptions": { # The options for voice export. # Option available for voice export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for voice export.
+ "region": "A String", # The requested data region for the export.
+ "voiceOptions": { # The options for Voice exports. # Options for Voice exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported text messages.
},
},
"id": "A String", # Output only. The generated export ID.
"matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID.
"name": "A String", # The export name.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The search query being exported.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The query parameters used to create the export.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -194,12 +194,12 @@
"displayName": "A String", # The displayed name of the user.
"email": "A String", # The email address of the user.
},
- "stats": { # Stats of an export. # Output only. Export statistics.
- "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents already processed by the export.
+ "stats": { # Progress information for an export. # Output only. Details about the export progress and size.
+ "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files already processed for export.
"sizeInBytes": "A String", # The size of export in bytes.
- "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents to be exported.
+ "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files to be exported.
},
- "status": "A String", # Output only. The export status.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the export.
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -210,84 +210,84 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # An export To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for cloud storage files. # Output only. Export sink for cloud storage files.
- "files": [ # Output only. The exported files on cloud storage.
- { # An export file on cloud storage
- "bucketName": "A String", # The cloud storage bucket name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API, but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can get individual export files by object name.
+ { # An export. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for Cloud Storage files. # Output only. The sink for export files in Cloud Storage.
+ "files": [ # Output only. The exported files in Cloud Storage.
+ { # The export file in Cloud Storage
+ "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage bucket for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis), but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can [get individual export files](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objects/get) by object name.
"md5Hash": "A String", # The md5 hash of the file.
- "objectName": "A String", # The cloud storage object name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API.
- "size": "A String", # The size of the export file.
+ "objectName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage object for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis).
+ "size": "A String", # The export file size.
},
],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the export was created.
- "exportOptions": { # Export advanced options # Advanced options of the export.
- "driveOptions": { # The options for Drive export. # Option available for Drive export.
- "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # Set to true to include access level information for users with indirect access to files.
+ "exportOptions": { # Additional options for exports # Additional export options.
+ "driveOptions": { # Options for Drive exports. # Options for Drive exports.
+ "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # To include access level information for users with [indirect access](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6099459#metadata) to files, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsOptions": { # The options for groups export. # Option available for groups export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for groups export.
+ "groupsOptions": { # Options for Groups exports. # Options for Groups exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # The options for hangouts chat export. # Option available for hangouts chat export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for hangouts chat export.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Options for Chat exports. # Options for Chat exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "mailOptions": { # The options for mail export. # Option available for mail export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export file format.
- "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # Set to true to export confidential mode content.
+ "mailOptions": { # Options for Gmail exports. # Options for Gmail exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
+ "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # To export confidential mode content, set to **true**.
},
- "region": "A String", # The requested export location.
- "voiceOptions": { # The options for voice export. # Option available for voice export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for voice export.
+ "region": "A String", # The requested data region for the export.
+ "voiceOptions": { # The options for Voice exports. # Options for Voice exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported text messages.
},
},
"id": "A String", # Output only. The generated export ID.
"matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID.
"name": "A String", # The export name.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The search query being exported.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The query parameters used to create the export.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -297,18 +297,18 @@
"displayName": "A String", # The displayed name of the user.
"email": "A String", # The email address of the user.
},
- "stats": { # Stats of an export. # Output only. Export statistics.
- "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents already processed by the export.
+ "stats": { # Progress information for an export. # Output only. Details about the export progress and size.
+ "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files already processed for export.
"sizeInBytes": "A String", # The size of export in bytes.
- "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents to be exported.
+ "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files to be exported.
},
- "status": "A String", # Output only. The export status.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the export.
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(matterId, exportId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes an Export.
+ <pre>Deletes an export.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="get">get(matterId, exportId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Gets an Export.
+ <pre>Gets an export.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -340,84 +340,84 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # An export To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for cloud storage files. # Output only. Export sink for cloud storage files.
- "files": [ # Output only. The exported files on cloud storage.
- { # An export file on cloud storage
- "bucketName": "A String", # The cloud storage bucket name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API, but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can get individual export files by object name.
+ { # An export. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for Cloud Storage files. # Output only. The sink for export files in Cloud Storage.
+ "files": [ # Output only. The exported files in Cloud Storage.
+ { # The export file in Cloud Storage
+ "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage bucket for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis), but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can [get individual export files](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objects/get) by object name.
"md5Hash": "A String", # The md5 hash of the file.
- "objectName": "A String", # The cloud storage object name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API.
- "size": "A String", # The size of the export file.
+ "objectName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage object for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis).
+ "size": "A String", # The export file size.
},
],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the export was created.
- "exportOptions": { # Export advanced options # Advanced options of the export.
- "driveOptions": { # The options for Drive export. # Option available for Drive export.
- "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # Set to true to include access level information for users with indirect access to files.
+ "exportOptions": { # Additional options for exports # Additional export options.
+ "driveOptions": { # Options for Drive exports. # Options for Drive exports.
+ "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # To include access level information for users with [indirect access](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6099459#metadata) to files, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsOptions": { # The options for groups export. # Option available for groups export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for groups export.
+ "groupsOptions": { # Options for Groups exports. # Options for Groups exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # The options for hangouts chat export. # Option available for hangouts chat export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for hangouts chat export.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Options for Chat exports. # Options for Chat exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "mailOptions": { # The options for mail export. # Option available for mail export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export file format.
- "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # Set to true to export confidential mode content.
+ "mailOptions": { # Options for Gmail exports. # Options for Gmail exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
+ "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # To export confidential mode content, set to **true**.
},
- "region": "A String", # The requested export location.
- "voiceOptions": { # The options for voice export. # Option available for voice export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for voice export.
+ "region": "A String", # The requested data region for the export.
+ "voiceOptions": { # The options for Voice exports. # Options for Voice exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported text messages.
},
},
"id": "A String", # Output only. The generated export ID.
"matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID.
"name": "A String", # The export name.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The search query being exported.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The query parameters used to create the export.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -427,18 +427,18 @@
"displayName": "A String", # The displayed name of the user.
"email": "A String", # The email address of the user.
},
- "stats": { # Stats of an export. # Output only. Export statistics.
- "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents already processed by the export.
+ "stats": { # Progress information for an export. # Output only. Details about the export progress and size.
+ "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files already processed for export.
"sizeInBytes": "A String", # The size of export in bytes.
- "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents to be exported.
+ "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files to be exported.
},
- "status": "A String", # Output only. The export status.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the export.
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Lists Exports.
+ <pre>Lists details about the exports in the specified matter.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -452,86 +452,86 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # The holds for a matter.
+ { # The exports for a matter.
"exports": [ # The list of exports.
- { # An export To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for cloud storage files. # Output only. Export sink for cloud storage files.
- "files": [ # Output only. The exported files on cloud storage.
- { # An export file on cloud storage
- "bucketName": "A String", # The cloud storage bucket name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API, but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can get individual export files by object name.
+ { # An export. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "cloudStorageSink": { # Export sink for Cloud Storage files. # Output only. The sink for export files in Cloud Storage.
+ "files": [ # Output only. The exported files in Cloud Storage.
+ { # The export file in Cloud Storage
+ "bucketName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage bucket for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis), but not to list the bucket contents. Instead, you can [get individual export files](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objects/get) by object name.
"md5Hash": "A String", # The md5 hash of the file.
- "objectName": "A String", # The cloud storage object name of this export file. Can be used in cloud storage JSON/XML API.
- "size": "A String", # The size of the export file.
+ "objectName": "A String", # The name of the Cloud Storage object for the export file. You can use this value in the [Cloud Storage JSON or XML APIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/apis).
+ "size": "A String", # The export file size.
},
],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the export was created.
- "exportOptions": { # Export advanced options # Advanced options of the export.
- "driveOptions": { # The options for Drive export. # Option available for Drive export.
- "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # Set to true to include access level information for users with indirect access to files.
+ "exportOptions": { # Additional options for exports # Additional export options.
+ "driveOptions": { # Options for Drive exports. # Options for Drive exports.
+ "includeAccessInfo": True or False, # To include access level information for users with [indirect access](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6099459#metadata) to files, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsOptions": { # The options for groups export. # Option available for groups export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for groups export.
+ "groupsOptions": { # Options for Groups exports. # Options for Groups exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # The options for hangouts chat export. # Option available for hangouts chat export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for hangouts chat export.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Options for Chat exports. # Options for Chat exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
},
- "mailOptions": { # The options for mail export. # Option available for mail export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export file format.
- "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # Set to true to export confidential mode content.
+ "mailOptions": { # Options for Gmail exports. # Options for Gmail exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported messages.
+ "showConfidentialModeContent": True or False, # To export confidential mode content, set to **true**.
},
- "region": "A String", # The requested export location.
- "voiceOptions": { # The options for voice export. # Option available for voice export.
- "exportFormat": "A String", # The export format for voice export.
+ "region": "A String", # The requested data region for the export.
+ "voiceOptions": { # The options for Voice exports. # Options for Voice exports.
+ "exportFormat": "A String", # The file format for exported text messages.
},
},
"id": "A String", # Output only. The generated export ID.
"matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID.
"name": "A String", # The export name.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The search query being exported.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The query parameters used to create the export.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -541,12 +541,12 @@
"displayName": "A String", # The displayed name of the user.
"email": "A String", # The email address of the user.
},
- "stats": { # Stats of an export. # Output only. Export statistics.
- "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents already processed by the export.
+ "stats": { # Progress information for an export. # Output only. Details about the export progress and size.
+ "exportedArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files already processed for export.
"sizeInBytes": "A String", # The size of export in bytes.
- "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of documents to be exported.
+ "totalArtifactCount": "A String", # The number of messages or files to be exported.
},
- "status": "A String", # Output only. The export status.
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the export.
},
],
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to retrieve the next page of results in the list.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.accounts.html
index 00ffd02..30fc370 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.accounts.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Adds a HeldAccount to a hold. Accounts can only be added to a hold that has no held_org_unit set. Attempting to add an account to an OU-based hold will result in an error.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Adds an account to a hold. Accounts can be added only to a hold that does not have an organizational unit set. If you try to add an account to an organizational unit-based hold, an error is returned.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(matterId, holdId, accountId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Removes a HeldAccount from a hold. If this request leaves the hold with no held accounts, the hold will not apply to any accounts.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Removes an account from a hold.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(matterId, holdId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists HeldAccounts for a hold. This will only list individually specified held accounts. If the hold is on an OU, then use Admin SDK to enumerate its members.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the accounts covered by a hold. This can list only individually-specified accounts covered by the hold. If the hold covers an organizational unit, use the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/). to list the members of the organizational unit on hold.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Adds a HeldAccount to a hold. Accounts can only be added to a hold that has no held_org_unit set. Attempting to add an account to an OU-based hold will result in an error.
+ <pre>Adds an account to a hold. Accounts can be added only to a hold that does not have an organizational unit set. If you try to add an account to an organizational unit-based hold, an error is returned.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -102,9 +102,9 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+{ # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(matterId, holdId, accountId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Removes a HeldAccount from a hold. If this request leaves the hold with no held accounts, the hold will not apply to any accounts.
+ <pre>Removes an account from a hold.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(matterId, holdId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Lists HeldAccounts for a hold. This will only list individually specified held accounts. If the hold is on an OU, then use Admin SDK to enumerate its members.
+ <pre>Lists the accounts covered by a hold. This can list only individually-specified accounts covered by the hold. If the hold covers an organizational unit, use the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/). to list the members of the organizational unit on hold.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Returns a list of held accounts for a hold.
+ { # Returns a list of the accounts covered by a hold.
"accounts": [ # The held accounts on a hold.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.html
index 8689057..1626d4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.holds.html
@@ -81,35 +81,35 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#addHeldAccounts">addHeldAccounts(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Adds HeldAccounts to a hold. Returns a list of accounts that have been successfully added. Accounts can only be added to an existing account-based hold.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Adds accounts to a hold. Returns a list of accounts that have been successfully added. Accounts can be added only to an existing account-based hold.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a hold in the given matter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a hold in the specified matter.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(matterId, holdId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Removes a hold by ID. This will release any HeldAccounts on this Hold.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Removes the specified hold and releases the accounts or organizational unit covered by the hold. If the data is not preserved by another hold or retention rule, it might be purged.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(matterId, holdId, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a hold by ID.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the specified hold.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists holds within a matter. An empty page token in ListHoldsResponse denotes no more holds to list.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the holds in a matter.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#removeHeldAccounts">removeHeldAccounts(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Removes HeldAccounts from a hold. Returns a list of statuses in the same order as the request. If this request leaves the hold with no held accounts, the hold will not apply to any accounts.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Removes the specified accounts from a hold. Returns a list of statuses in the same order as the request.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#update">update(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the OU and/or query parameters of a hold. You cannot add accounts to a hold that covers an OU, nor can you add OUs to a hold that covers individual accounts. Accounts listed in the hold will be ignored.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the scope (organizational unit or accounts) and query parameters of a hold. You cannot add accounts to a hold that covers an organizational unit, nor can you add organizational units to a hold that covers individual accounts. If you try, the unsupported values are ignored.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="addHeldAccounts">addHeldAccounts(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Adds HeldAccounts to a hold. Returns a list of accounts that have been successfully added. Accounts can only be added to an existing account-based hold.
+ <pre>Adds accounts to a hold. Returns a list of accounts that have been successfully added. Accounts can be added only to an existing account-based hold.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Add a list of accounts to a hold.
- "accountIds": [ # Account IDs to identify which accounts to add. Only account_ids or only emails should be specified, but not both.
+ "accountIds": [ # A comma-separated list of the account IDs of the accounts to add to the hold. Specify either **emails** or **account_ids**, but not both.
"A String",
],
- "emails": [ # Emails to identify which accounts to add. Only emails or only account_ids should be specified, but not both.
+ "emails": [ # A comma-separated list of the emails of the accounts to add to the hold. Specify either **emails** or **account_ids**, but not both.
"A String",
],
}
@@ -136,15 +136,15 @@
{ # Response for batch create held accounts.
"responses": [ # The list of responses, in the same order as the batch request.
- { # A status detailing the status of each account creation, and the HeldAccount, if successful.
- "account": { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # If present, this account was successfully created.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # The status of each account creation, and the **HeldAccount**, if successful.
+ "account": { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # Returned when the account was successfully created.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
- "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # This represents the success status. If failed, check message.
+ "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Reports the request status. If it failed, returns an error message.
"code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
"details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
{
@@ -165,50 +165,50 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates a hold in the given matter.
+ <pre>Creates a hold in the specified matter.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+{ # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -224,43 +224,43 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(matterId, holdId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Removes a hold by ID. This will release any HeldAccounts on this Hold.
+ <pre>Removes the specified hold and releases the accounts or organizational unit covered by the hold. If the data is not preserved by another hold or retention rule, it might be purged.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -290,16 +290,16 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="get">get(matterId, holdId, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Gets a hold by ID.
+ <pre>Gets the specified hold.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
holdId: string, The hold ID. (required)
- view: string, Specifies which parts of the Hold to return.
+ view: string, The amount of detail to return for a hold.
Allowed values
- HOLD_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - There is no specified view. Defaults to FULL_HOLD.
- BASIC_HOLD - Response includes the id, name, update time, corpus, and query.
- FULL_HOLD - Full representation of a Hold. Response includes all fields of 'BASIC' and the entities the Hold applies to, such as accounts, or OU.
+ HOLD_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to **FULL_HOLD**.
+ BASIC_HOLD - Returns the hold ID, name, update time, service, and query.
+ FULL_HOLD - Returns all details of **BASIC_HOLD** and the entities the hold applies to, such as accounts or organizational unit.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -308,43 +308,43 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -355,17 +355,17 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Lists holds within a matter. An empty page token in ListHoldsResponse denotes no more holds to list.
+ <pre>Lists the holds in a matter.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
- pageSize: integer, The number of holds to return in the response, between 0 and 100 inclusive. Leaving this empty, or as 0, is the same as page_size = 100.
+ pageSize: integer, The number of holds to return in the response, between 0 and 100 inclusive. Leaving this empty, or as 0, is the same as **page_size** = 100.
pageToken: string, The pagination token as returned in the response. An empty token means start from the beginning.
- view: string, Specifies which parts of the Hold to return.
+ view: string, The amount of detail to return for a hold.
Allowed values
- HOLD_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - There is no specified view. Defaults to FULL_HOLD.
- BASIC_HOLD - Response includes the id, name, update time, corpus, and query.
- FULL_HOLD - Full representation of a Hold. Response includes all fields of 'BASIC' and the entities the Hold applies to, such as accounts, or OU.
+ HOLD_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to **FULL_HOLD**.
+ BASIC_HOLD - Returns the hold ID, name, update time, service, and query.
+ FULL_HOLD - Returns all details of **BASIC_HOLD** and the entities the hold applies to, such as accounts or organizational unit.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -376,43 +376,43 @@
{ # The holds for a matter.
"holds": [ # The list of holds.
- { # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="removeHeldAccounts">removeHeldAccounts(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Removes HeldAccounts from a hold. Returns a list of statuses in the same order as the request. If this request leaves the hold with no held accounts, the hold will not apply to any accounts.
+ <pre>Removes the specified accounts from a hold. Returns a list of statuses in the same order as the request.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Remove a list of accounts from a hold.
- "accountIds": [ # Account IDs to identify HeldAccounts to remove.
+ "accountIds": [ # The account IDs of the accounts to remove from the hold.
"A String",
],
}
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Response for batch delete held accounts.
- "statuses": [ # A list of statuses for deleted accounts. Results have the same order as the request.
+ "statuses": [ # A list of statuses for the deleted accounts. Results have the same order as the request.
{ # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
"code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
"details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="update">update(matterId, holdId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates the OU and/or query parameters of a hold. You cannot add accounts to a hold that covers an OU, nor can you add OUs to a hold that covers individual accounts. Accounts listed in the hold will be ignored.
+ <pre>Updates the scope (organizational unit or accounts) and query parameters of a hold. You cannot add accounts to a hold that covers an organizational unit, nor can you add organizational units to a hold that covers individual accounts. If you try, the unsupported values are ignored.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -487,43 +487,43 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+{ # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
@@ -539,43 +539,43 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a hold within Vault. A hold restricts purging of artifacts based on the combination of the query and accounts restrictions. A hold can be configured to either apply to an explicitly configured set of accounts, or can be applied to all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the enumerated accounts and org_unit must be empty.
- { # An account being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. This can be either a single user or a google group, depending on the corpus. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account's ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
- "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over account ID.
+ { # A hold. A hold prevents the specified Google Workspace service from purging data for specific accounts or all members of an organizational unit. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accounts": [ # If set, the hold applies to the specified accounts and **orgUnit** must be empty.
+ { # An account covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. It can be an individual account or a Google Group, depending on the service. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "email": "A String", # The primary email address of the account. If used as an input, this takes precedence over **accountId**.
"firstName": "A String", # Output only. The first name of the account holder.
"holdTime": "A String", # Output only. When the account was put on hold.
"lastName": "A String", # Output only. The last name of the account holder.
},
],
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to be searched.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The service to be searched.
"holdId": "A String", # The unique immutable ID of the hold. Assigned during creation.
"name": "A String", # The name of the hold.
- "orgUnit": { # A organizational unit being held in a particular hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and accounts must be empty. This property is mutable. For groups holds, set the accounts field.
- "holdTime": "A String", # When the org unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # The org unit's immutable ID as provided by the Admin SDK.
+ "orgUnit": { # The organizational unit covered by a hold. This structure is immutable. # If set, the hold applies to all members of the organizational unit and **accounts** must be empty. This property is mutable. For Groups holds, set **accounts**.
+ "holdTime": "A String", # When the organizational unit was put on hold. This property is immutable.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit's immutable ID as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
},
- "query": { # Corpus specific queries. # The corpus-specific query. If set, the corpusQuery must match corpus type.
- "driveQuery": { # Query options for Drive holds. # Details pertaining to Drive holds. If set, corpus must be Drive.
- "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in shared drives in the hold.
- "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # If true, include files in Team Drives in the hold.
+ "query": { # Service-specific options for holds. # Service-specific options. If set, **CorpusQuery** must match **CorpusType**.
+ "driveQuery": { # Options for Drive holds. # Service-specific options for Drive holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **DRIVE**.
+ "includeSharedDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in shared drives in the hold, set to **true**.
+ "includeTeamDriveFiles": True or False, # To include files in Team Drives in the hold, set to **true**.
},
- "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Details pertaining to Groups holds. If set, corpus must be Groups.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "groupsQuery": { # Query options for group holds. # Service-specific options for Groups holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **GROUPS**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Query options for hangouts chat holds. # Details pertaining to Hangouts Chat holds. If set, corpus must be Hangouts Chat.
- "includeRooms": True or False, # If true, include rooms the user has participated in.
+ "hangoutsChatQuery": { # Options for Chat holds. # Service-specific options for Chat holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **HANGOUTS_CHAT**.
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # To include messages in Chat spaces the user was a member of, set to **true**.
},
- "mailQuery": { # Query options for mail holds. # Details pertaining to mail holds. If set, corpus must be mail.
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "terms": "A String", # The search terms for the hold.
+ "mailQuery": { # Query options for Gmail holds. # Service-specific options for Gmail holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **MAIL**.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "terms": "A String", # The [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) used to refine the messages covered by the hold.
},
- "voiceQuery": { # Query options for Voice holds. # Details pertaining to Voice holds. If set, corpus must be Voice.
- "coveredData": [ # Data covered by this rule. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates will be ignored.
+ "voiceQuery": { # Options for Voice holds. # Service-specific options for Voice holds. If set, **CorpusType** must be **VOICE**.
+ "coveredData": [ # A list of data types covered by the hold. Should be non-empty. Order does not matter and duplicates are ignored.
"A String",
],
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html
index 2d8c69f..f806353 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html
@@ -94,22 +94,22 @@
<p class="firstline">Adds an account as a matter collaborator.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Closes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Closes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#count">count(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Counts the artifacts within the context of a matter and returns a detailed breakdown of metrics.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Counts the accounts processed by the specified query.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#create">create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a new matter with the given name and description. The initial state is open, and the owner is the method caller. Returns the created matter with default view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a matter with the given name and description. The initial state is open, and the owner is the method caller. Returns the created matter with default view.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(matterId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(matterId, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the specified matter.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, state=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists matters the user has access to.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists matters the requestor has access to.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
<p class="firstline">Removes an account as a matter collaborator.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#reopen">reopen(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Reopens the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Reopens the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#undelete">undelete(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#update">update(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates the specified matter. This updates only the name and description of the matter, identified by matter ID. Changes to any other fields are ignored. Returns the default view of the matter.</p>
@@ -135,13 +135,13 @@
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Add an account with the permission specified. The role cannot be owner. If an account already has a role in the matter, it will be overwritten.
- "ccMe": True or False, # Only relevant if send_emails is true. True to CC requestor in the email message. False to not CC requestor.
- "matterPermission": { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist. # The MatterPermission to add.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+{ # Add an account with the permission specified. The role cannot be owner. If an account already has a role in the matter, the existing role is overwritten.
+ "ccMe": True or False, # Only relevant if **sendEmails** is **true**. To CC the requestor in the email message, set to **true**. To not CC requestor, set to **false**.
+ "matterPermission": { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist. # The account and its role to add.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
- "sendEmails": True or False, # True to send notification email to the added account. False to not send notification email.
+ "sendEmails": True or False, # To send a notification email to the added account, set to **true**. To not send a notification email, set to **false**.
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -152,15 +152,15 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
}</pre>
</div>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Closes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.
+ <pre>Closes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -179,13 +179,13 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Response to a CloseMatterRequest.
- "matter": { # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # The updated matter, with state CLOSED.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "matter": { # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # The updated matter, with state **CLOSED**.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="count">count(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Counts the artifacts within the context of a matter and returns a detailed breakdown of metrics.
+ <pre>Counts the accounts processed by the specified query.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -204,56 +204,56 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Count artifacts request.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The search query.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The search query.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
},
},
- "view": "A String", # Specifies the granularity of the count result returned in response.
+ "view": "A String", # Sets the granularity of the count results.
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -287,19 +287,19 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="create">create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Creates a new matter with the given name and description. The initial state is open, and the owner is the method caller. Returns the created matter with default view.
+ <pre>Creates a matter with the given name and description. The initial state is open, and the owner is the method caller. Returns the created matter with default view.
Args:
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -315,12 +315,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(matterId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID (required)
@@ -343,12 +343,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -362,11 +362,11 @@
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
- view: string, Specifies which parts of the Matter to return in the response.
+ view: string, Specifies how much information about the matter to return in the response.
Allowed values
- VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - There is no specified view.
- BASIC - Response includes the matter_id, name, description, and state. Default choice.
- FULL - Full representation of matter is returned. Everything above and including MatterPermissions list.
+ VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The amount of detail is unspecified. Same as **BASIC**.
+ BASIC - Returns the matter ID, name, description, and state. Default choice.
+ FULL - Returns the basic details and a list of matter owners and collaborators (see [MatterPermissions](https://developers.google.com/vault/reference/rest/v1/matters#matterpermission)).
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -376,12 +376,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -391,22 +391,22 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, state=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Lists matters the user has access to.
+ <pre>Lists matters the requestor has access to.
Args:
pageSize: integer, The number of matters to return in the response. Default and maximum are 100.
pageToken: string, The pagination token as returned in the response.
- state: string, If set, list only matters with that specific state. The default is listing matters of all states.
+ state: string, If set, lists only matters with the specified state. The default lists matters of all states.
Allowed values
STATE_UNSPECIFIED - The matter has no specified state.
- OPEN - This matter is open.
- CLOSED - This matter is closed.
- DELETED - This matter is deleted.
- view: string, Specifies which parts of the matter to return in response.
+ OPEN - The matter is open.
+ CLOSED - The matter is closed.
+ DELETED - The matter is deleted.
+ view: string, Specifies how much information about the matter to return in response.
Allowed values
- VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - There is no specified view.
- BASIC - Response includes the matter_id, name, description, and state. Default choice.
- FULL - Full representation of matter is returned. Everything above and including MatterPermissions list.
+ VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The amount of detail is unspecified. Same as **BASIC**.
+ BASIC - Returns the matter ID, name, description, and state. Default choice.
+ FULL - Returns the basic details and a list of matter owners and collaborators (see [MatterPermissions](https://developers.google.com/vault/reference/rest/v1/matters#matterpermission)).
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -418,12 +418,12 @@
{ # Provides the list of matters.
"matters": [ # List of matters.
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="reopen">reopen(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Reopens the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.
+ <pre>Reopens the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -494,13 +494,13 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Response to a ReopenMatterRequest.
- "matter": { # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # The updated matter, with state OPEN.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "matter": { # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege. # The updated matter, with state **OPEN**.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(matterId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Undeletes the specified matter. Returns matter with updated state.
+ <pre>Undeletes the specified matter. Returns the matter with updated state.
Args:
matterId: string, The matter ID. (required)
@@ -530,12 +530,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -553,12 +553,12 @@
The object takes the form of:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
@@ -574,12 +574,12 @@
An object of the form:
{ # Represents a matter. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "description": "A String", # The description of the matter.
- "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID which is generated by the server. Should be blank when creating a new matter.
- "matterPermissions": [ # List of users and access to the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
- { # Currently each matter only has one owner, and all others are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
- "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by Admin SDK.
- "role": "A String", # The user's role in this matter.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description for the matter.
+ "matterId": "A String", # The matter ID, which is generated by the server. Leave blank when creating a matter.
+ "matterPermissions": [ # Lists the users and their permission for the matter. Currently there is no programmer defined limit on the number of permissions a matter can have.
+ { # Users can be matter owners or collaborators. Each matter has only one owner. All others users who can access the matter are collaborators. When an account is purged, its corresponding MatterPermission resources cease to exist.
+ "accountId": "A String", # The account ID, as provided by the [Admin SDK](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/).
+ "role": "A String", # The user's role for the matter.
},
],
"name": "A String", # The name of the matter.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.savedQueries.html
index 41f9578..0d5b218 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.savedQueries.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@
<p class="firstline">Creates a saved query.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#delete">delete(matterId, savedQueryId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a saved query by Id.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified saved query.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#get">get(matterId, savedQueryId, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Retrieves a saved query by Id.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified saved query.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists saved queries within a matter. An empty page token in ListSavedQueriesResponse denotes no more saved queries to list.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the saved queries in a matter.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -103,58 +103,58 @@
<pre>Creates a saved query.
Args:
- matterId: string, The matter ID of the parent matter for which the saved query is to be created. (required)
+ matterId: string, The ID of the matter to create the saved query in. (required)
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Definition of the saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server generated timestamp at which saved query was created.
- "displayName": "A String", # Name of the saved query.
- "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the associated matter. The server does not look at this field during create and always uses matter id in the URL.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The underlying Query object which contains all the information of the saved query.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+{ # The definition of a saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server-generated timestamp when the saved query was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The name of the saved query.
+ "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the matter the saved query is saved in. The server does not use this field during create and always uses matter ID in the URL.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The search parameters of the saved query.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -171,54 +171,54 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Definition of the saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server generated timestamp at which saved query was created.
- "displayName": "A String", # Name of the saved query.
- "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the associated matter. The server does not look at this field during create and always uses matter id in the URL.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The underlying Query object which contains all the information of the saved query.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ { # The definition of a saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server-generated timestamp when the saved query was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The name of the saved query.
+ "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the matter the saved query is saved in. The server does not use this field during create and always uses matter ID in the URL.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The search parameters of the saved query.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="delete">delete(matterId, savedQueryId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Deletes a saved query by Id.
+ <pre>Deletes the specified saved query.
Args:
- matterId: string, The matter ID of the parent matter for which the saved query is to be deleted. (required)
- savedQueryId: string, ID of the saved query to be deleted. (required)
+ matterId: string, The ID of the matter to delete the saved query from. (required)
+ savedQueryId: string, ID of the saved query to delete. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -249,11 +249,11 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="get">get(matterId, savedQueryId, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Retrieves a saved query by Id.
+ <pre>Retrieves the specified saved query.
Args:
- matterId: string, The matter ID of the parent matter for which the saved query is to be retrieved. (required)
- savedQueryId: string, ID of the saved query to be retrieved. (required)
+ matterId: string, The ID of the matter to get the saved query from. (required)
+ savedQueryId: string, ID of the saved query to retrieve. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -262,54 +262,54 @@
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Definition of the saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server generated timestamp at which saved query was created.
- "displayName": "A String", # Name of the saved query.
- "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the associated matter. The server does not look at this field during create and always uses matter id in the URL.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The underlying Query object which contains all the information of the saved query.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ { # The definition of a saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server-generated timestamp when the saved query was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The name of the saved query.
+ "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the matter the saved query is saved in. The server does not use this field during create and always uses matter ID in the URL.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The search parameters of the saved query.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
@@ -321,10 +321,10 @@
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="list">list(matterId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Lists saved queries within a matter. An empty page token in ListSavedQueriesResponse denotes no more saved queries to list.
+ <pre>Lists the saved queries in a matter.
Args:
- matterId: string, The matter ID of the parent matter for which the saved queries are to be retrieved. (required)
+ matterId: string, The ID of the matter to get the saved queries for. (required)
pageSize: integer, The maximum number of saved queries to return.
pageToken: string, The pagination token as returned in the previous response. An empty token means start from the beginning.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -337,55 +337,55 @@
{ # Definition of the response for method ListSaveQuery.
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to retrieve the next page of results in the list. If this is empty, then there are no more saved queries to list.
- "savedQueries": [ # List of output saved queries.
- { # Definition of the saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges] (https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
- "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server generated timestamp at which saved query was created.
- "displayName": "A String", # Name of the saved query.
- "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the associated matter. The server does not look at this field during create and always uses matter id in the URL.
- "query": { # A query definition relevant for search & export. # The underlying Query object which contains all the information of the saved query.
- "accountInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ACCOUNT' is chosen as search method, account_info needs to be specified.
+ "savedQueries": [ # List of saved queries.
+ { # The definition of a saved query. To work with Vault resources, the account must have the [required Vault privileges](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2799699) and access to the matter. To access a matter, the account must have created the matter, have the matter shared with them, or have the **View All Matters** privilege.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The server-generated timestamp when the saved query was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # The name of the saved query.
+ "matterId": "A String", # Output only. The matter ID of the matter the saved query is saved in. The server does not use this field during create and always uses matter ID in the URL.
+ "query": { # The query definition used for search and export. # The search parameters of the saved query.
+ "accountInfo": { # The accounts to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ACCOUNT**.
"emails": [ # A set of accounts to search.
"A String",
],
},
- "corpus": "A String", # The corpus to search.
- "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search from.
- "driveOptions": { # Drive search advanced options # For Drive search, specify more options in this field.
- "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include shared drive.
+ "corpus": "A String", # The Google Workspace service to search.
+ "dataScope": "A String", # The data source to search.
+ "driveOptions": { # Additional options for Drive search # Set Drive search-specific options.
+ "includeSharedDrives": True or False, # Set to **true** to include shared drives.
"includeTeamDrives": True or False, # Set to true to include Team Drive.
- "versionDate": "A String", # Search the versions of the Drive file as of the reference date. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the given date.
+ "versionDate": "A String", # Search the current version of the Drive file, but export the contents of the last version saved before 12:00 AM UTC on the specified date. Enter the date in UTC.
},
- "endTime": "A String", # The end time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "hangoutsChatInfo": { # Accounts to search # When 'ROOM' is chosen as search method, hangout_chats_info needs to be specified. (read-only)
- "roomId": [ # A set of rooms to search.
+ "endTime": "A String", # The end time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "hangoutsChatInfo": { # The Chat spaces to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ROOM**. (read-only)
+ "roomId": [ # A list of Chat spaces IDs, as provided by the [Chat API](https://developers.google.com/hangouts/chat).
"A String",
],
},
- "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Hangouts chat search advanced options # For hangouts chat search, specify more options in this field. (read-only)
- "includeRooms": True or False, # Set to true to include rooms.
+ "hangoutsChatOptions": { # Additional options for Google Chat search # Set Chat search-specific options. (read-only)
+ "includeRooms": True or False, # For searches by account or organizational unit, set to **true** to include rooms.
},
- "mailOptions": { # Mail search advanced options # For mail search, specify more options in this field.
- "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to true to exclude drafts.
+ "mailOptions": { # Additional options for Gmail search # Set Gmail search-specific options.
+ "excludeDrafts": True or False, # Set to **true** to exclude drafts.
},
- "method": "A String", # The search method to use. This field is similar to the search_method field but is introduced to support shared drives. It supports all search method types. In case the search_method is TEAM_DRIVE the response of this field will be SHARED_DRIVE only.
- "orgUnitInfo": { # Org Unit to search # When 'ORG_UNIT' is chosen as as search method, org_unit_info needs to be specified.
- "orgUnitId": "A String", # Org unit to search, as provided by the Admin SDK Directory API.
+ "method": "A String", # The entity to search. This field replaces **searchMethod** to support shared drives. When **searchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**, the response of this field is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "orgUnitInfo": { # The organizational unit to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **ORG_UNIT**.
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # The name of the organizational unit to search, as provided by the [Admin SDK Directory API](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/).
},
"searchMethod": "A String", # The search method to use.
- "sharedDriveInfo": { # Shared drives to search # When 'SHARED_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, shared_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "sharedDriveIds": [ # List of Shared drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "sharedDriveInfo": { # The shared drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **SHARED_DRIVE**.
+ "sharedDriveIds": [ # A list of shared drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "startTime": "A String", # The start time range for the search query. These timestamps are in GMT and rounded down to the start of the given date.
- "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # When 'TEAM_DRIVE' is chosen as search method, team_drive_info needs to be specified.
- "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by Drive API.
+ "startTime": "A String", # The start time for the search query. Specify in GMT. The value is rounded to 12 AM on the specified date.
+ "teamDriveInfo": { # Team Drives to search # Required when **SearchMethod** is **TEAM_DRIVE**.
+ "teamDriveIds": [ # List of Team Drive IDs, as provided by the [Drive API](https://developers.google.com/drive).
"A String",
],
},
- "terms": "A String", # The corpus-specific search operators used to generate search results.
- "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For more information, see Time Zone.
- "voiceOptions": { # Voice search options # For voice search, specify more options in this field.
+ "terms": "A String", # Service-specific [search operators](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/2474474) to filter search results.
+ "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone name. It should be an IANA TZ name, such as "America/Los_Angeles". For a list of time zone names, see [Time Zone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones). For more information about how Vault uses time zones, see [the Vault help center](https://support.google.com/vault/answer/6092995#time).
+ "voiceOptions": { # Additional options for Voice search # Set Voice search-specific options.
"coveredData": [ # Datatypes to search
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.commentThreads.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.commentThreads.html
index 6a19301..6188f25 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.commentThreads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.commentThreads.html
@@ -86,9 +86,6 @@
<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
- <code><a href="#update">update(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates an existing resource.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
<code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -375,152 +372,4 @@
</pre>
</div>
-<div class="method">
- <code class="details" id="update">update(part, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
- <pre>Updates an existing resource.
-
-Args:
- part: string, The *part* parameter specifies a comma-separated list of commentThread resource properties that the API response will include. You must at least include the snippet part in the parameter value since that part contains all of the properties that the API request can update. (required) (repeated)
- body: object, The request body.
- The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A *comment thread* represents information that applies to a top level comment and all its replies. It can also include the top level comment itself and some of the replies.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment thread.
- "kind": "youtube#commentThread", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#commentThread".
- "replies": { # Comments written in (direct or indirect) reply to the top level comment. # The replies object contains a limited number of replies (if any) to the top level comment found in the snippet.
- "comments": [ # A limited number of replies. Unless the number of replies returned equals total_reply_count in the snippet the returned replies are only a subset of the total number of replies.
- { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
- "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
- "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "value": "A String",
- },
- "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
- "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
- "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
- "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
- "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
- "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
- "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
- "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
- "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
- "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
- "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
- "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
- },
- },
- ],
- },
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment thread. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment thread and also the top level comment.
- "canReply": True or False, # Whether the current viewer of the thread can reply to it. This is viewer specific - other viewers may see a different value for this field.
- "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel the comments in the thread refer to or the channel with the video the comments refer to. If video_id isn't set the comments refer to the channel itself.
- "isPublic": True or False, # Whether the thread (and therefore all its comments) is visible to all YouTube users.
- "topLevelComment": { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment. # The top level comment of this thread.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
- "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
- "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "value": "A String",
- },
- "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
- "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
- "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
- "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
- "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
- "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
- "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
- "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
- "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
- "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
- "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
- "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
- },
- },
- "totalReplyCount": 42, # The total number of replies (not including the top level comment).
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comments refer to, if any. No video_id implies a channel discussion comment.
- },
-}
-
- x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
- Allowed values
- 1 - v1 error format
- 2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
- An object of the form:
-
- { # A *comment thread* represents information that applies to a top level comment and all its replies. It can also include the top level comment itself and some of the replies.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment thread.
- "kind": "youtube#commentThread", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#commentThread".
- "replies": { # Comments written in (direct or indirect) reply to the top level comment. # The replies object contains a limited number of replies (if any) to the top level comment found in the snippet.
- "comments": [ # A limited number of replies. Unless the number of replies returned equals total_reply_count in the snippet the returned replies are only a subset of the total number of replies.
- { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
- "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
- "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "value": "A String",
- },
- "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
- "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
- "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
- "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
- "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
- "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
- "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
- "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
- "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
- "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
- "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
- "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
- },
- },
- ],
- },
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment thread. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment thread and also the top level comment.
- "canReply": True or False, # Whether the current viewer of the thread can reply to it. This is viewer specific - other viewers may see a different value for this field.
- "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel the comments in the thread refer to or the channel with the video the comments refer to. If video_id isn't set the comments refer to the channel itself.
- "isPublic": True or False, # Whether the thread (and therefore all its comments) is visible to all YouTube users.
- "topLevelComment": { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment. # The top level comment of this thread.
- "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
- "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
- "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
- "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
- "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "value": "A String",
- },
- "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
- "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
- "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
- "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
- "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
- "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
- "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
- "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
- "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
- "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
- "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
- "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
- "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
- },
- },
- "totalReplyCount": 42, # The total number of replies (not including the top level comment).
- "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comments refer to, if any. No video_id implies a channel discussion comment.
- },
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.html
index 32daed7..709ff8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.html
@@ -220,6 +220,11 @@
<p class="firstline">Returns the watermarks Resource.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="youtube_v3.youtube.html">youtube()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the youtube Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
<code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.superChatEvents.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.superChatEvents.html
index 4296d21..4626502 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.superChatEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.superChatEvents.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<pre>Retrieves a list of resources, possibly filtered.
Args:
- part: string, The *part* parameter specifies the superChatEvent resource parts that the API response will include. Supported values are id and snippet. (required) (repeated)
+ part: string, The *part* parameter specifies the superChatEvent resource parts that the API response will include. This parameter is currently not supported. (required) (repeated)
hl: string, Return rendered funding amounts in specified language.
maxResults: integer, The *maxResults* parameter specifies the maximum number of items that should be returned in the result set.
pageToken: string, The *pageToken* parameter identifies a specific page in the result set that should be returned. In an API response, the nextPageToken and prevPageToken properties identify other pages that could be retrieved.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e29928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="youtube_v3.html">YouTube Data API v3</a> . <a href="youtube_v3.youtube.html">youtube</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html">v3()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the v3 Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3284b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+ margin: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ border: 0;
+ font-weight: inherit;
+ font-style: inherit;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-family: inherit;
+ vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+ font-size: 13px;
+ padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 26px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ font-size: 24px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size: 20px;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+ font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+ border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+ margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ border: solid 1px #CCC;
+ padding: 1em;
+ background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+ font-weight: bold;
+ font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="youtube_v3.html">YouTube Data API v3</a> . <a href="youtube_v3.youtube.html">youtube</a> . <a href="youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html">v3</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+ <code><a href="#updateCommentThreads">updateCommentThreads(body=None, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+ <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+ <code class="details" id="updateCommentThreads">updateCommentThreads(body=None, part=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+ <pre>Updates an existing resource.
+
+Args:
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A *comment thread* represents information that applies to a top level comment and all its replies. It can also include the top level comment itself and some of the replies.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment thread.
+ "kind": "youtube#commentThread", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#commentThread".
+ "replies": { # Comments written in (direct or indirect) reply to the top level comment. # The replies object contains a limited number of replies (if any) to the top level comment found in the snippet.
+ "comments": [ # A limited number of replies. Unless the number of replies returned equals total_reply_count in the snippet the returned replies are only a subset of the total number of replies.
+ { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
+ "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
+ "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "value": "A String",
+ },
+ "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
+ "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
+ "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
+ "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
+ "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
+ "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
+ "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
+ "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
+ "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
+ "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
+ "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment thread. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment thread and also the top level comment.
+ "canReply": True or False, # Whether the current viewer of the thread can reply to it. This is viewer specific - other viewers may see a different value for this field.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel the comments in the thread refer to or the channel with the video the comments refer to. If video_id isn't set the comments refer to the channel itself.
+ "isPublic": True or False, # Whether the thread (and therefore all its comments) is visible to all YouTube users.
+ "topLevelComment": { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment. # The top level comment of this thread.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
+ "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
+ "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "value": "A String",
+ },
+ "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
+ "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
+ "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
+ "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
+ "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
+ "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
+ "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
+ "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
+ "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
+ "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
+ "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
+ },
+ },
+ "totalReplyCount": 42, # The total number of replies (not including the top level comment).
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comments refer to, if any. No video_id implies a channel discussion comment.
+ },
+}
+
+ part: string, The *part* parameter specifies a comma-separated list of commentThread resource properties that the API response will include. You must at least include the snippet part in the parameter value since that part contains all of the properties that the API request can update. (repeated)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A *comment thread* represents information that applies to a top level comment and all its replies. It can also include the top level comment itself and some of the replies.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment thread.
+ "kind": "youtube#commentThread", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#commentThread".
+ "replies": { # Comments written in (direct or indirect) reply to the top level comment. # The replies object contains a limited number of replies (if any) to the top level comment found in the snippet.
+ "comments": [ # A limited number of replies. Unless the number of replies returned equals total_reply_count in the snippet the returned replies are only a subset of the total number of replies.
+ { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
+ "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
+ "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "value": "A String",
+ },
+ "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
+ "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
+ "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
+ "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
+ "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
+ "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
+ "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
+ "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
+ "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
+ "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
+ "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment thread. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment thread and also the top level comment.
+ "canReply": True or False, # Whether the current viewer of the thread can reply to it. This is viewer specific - other viewers may see a different value for this field.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel the comments in the thread refer to or the channel with the video the comments refer to. If video_id isn't set the comments refer to the channel itself.
+ "isPublic": True or False, # Whether the thread (and therefore all its comments) is visible to all YouTube users.
+ "topLevelComment": { # A *comment* represents a single YouTube comment. # The top level comment of this thread.
+ "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource.
+ "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube uses to uniquely identify the comment.
+ "kind": "youtube#comment", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#comment".
+ "snippet": { # Basic details about a comment, such as its author and text. # The snippet object contains basic details about the comment.
+ "authorChannelId": { # The id of the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "value": "A String",
+ },
+ "authorChannelUrl": "A String", # Link to the author's YouTube channel, if any.
+ "authorDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the user who posted the comment.
+ "authorProfileImageUrl": "A String", # The URL for the avatar of the user who posted the comment.
+ "canRate": True or False, # Whether the current viewer can rate this comment.
+ "channelId": "A String", # The id of the corresponding YouTube channel. In case of a channel comment this is the channel the comment refers to. In case of a video comment it's the video's channel.
+ "likeCount": 42, # The total number of likes this comment has received.
+ "moderationStatus": "A String", # The comment's moderation status. Will not be set if the comments were requested through the id filter.
+ "parentId": "A String", # The unique id of the parent comment, only set for replies.
+ "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was originally published.
+ "textDisplay": "A String", # The comment's text. The format is either plain text or HTML dependent on what has been requested. Even the plain text representation may differ from the text originally posted in that it may replace video links with video titles etc.
+ "textOriginal": "A String", # The comment's original raw text as initially posted or last updated. The original text will only be returned if it is accessible to the viewer, which is only guaranteed if the viewer is the comment's author.
+ "updatedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the comment was last updated.
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comment refers to, if any.
+ "viewerRating": "A String", # The rating the viewer has given to this comment. For the time being this will never return RATE_TYPE_DISLIKE and instead return RATE_TYPE_NONE. This may change in the future.
+ },
+ },
+ "totalReplyCount": 42, # The total number of replies (not including the top level comment).
+ "videoId": "A String", # The ID of the video the comments refer to, if any. No video_id implies a channel discussion comment.
+ },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file